Mercurial > vim
annotate src/misc1.c @ 3562:5c1aaf9b4b1b v7.3.541
updated for version 7.3.541
Problem: When joining lines comment leaders need to be removed manually.
Solution: Add the 'j' flag to 'formatoptions'. (Lech Lorens)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 06 Jun 2012 16:12:59 +0200 |
| parents | f52d2ea0f81c |
| children | c0c935956ac3 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 #include "version.h" | |
| 16 | |
| 17 static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir)); | |
| 18 static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name)); | |
| 19 static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src)); | |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line. | |
| 23 */ | |
| 24 int | |
| 25 get_indent() | |
| 26 { | |
| 27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 28 } | |
| 29 | |
| 30 /* | |
| 31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum". | |
| 32 */ | |
| 33 int | |
| 34 get_indent_lnum(lnum) | |
| 35 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 36 { | |
| 37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 38 } | |
| 39 | |
| 40 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 41 /* | |
| 42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer | |
| 43 * "buf". | |
| 44 */ | |
| 45 int | |
| 46 get_indent_buf(buf, lnum) | |
| 47 buf_T *buf; | |
| 48 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 49 { | |
| 50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts); | |
| 51 } | |
| 52 #endif | |
| 53 | |
| 54 /* | |
| 55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with | |
| 56 * 'tabstop' at "ts" | |
| 57 */ | |
| 164 | 58 int |
| 7 | 59 get_indent_str(ptr, ts) |
| 60 char_u *ptr; | |
| 61 int ts; | |
| 62 { | |
| 63 int count = 0; | |
| 64 | |
| 65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr) | |
| 66 { | |
| 67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */ | |
| 68 count += ts - (count % ts); | |
| 69 else if (*ptr == ' ') | |
| 70 ++count; /* count a space for one */ | |
| 71 else | |
| 72 break; | |
| 73 } | |
| 164 | 74 return count; |
| 7 | 75 } |
| 76 | |
| 77 /* | |
| 78 * Set the indent of the current line. | |
| 79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 80 * Caller must take care of undo. | |
| 81 * "flags": | |
| 82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed. | |
| 83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line. | |
| 84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it. | |
| 85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 86 */ | |
| 87 int | |
| 88 set_indent(size, flags) | |
| 1324 | 89 int size; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 90 int flags; |
| 91 { | |
| 92 char_u *p; | |
| 93 char_u *newline; | |
| 94 char_u *oldline; | |
| 95 char_u *s; | |
| 96 int todo; | |
| 1324 | 97 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */ |
| 7 | 98 int line_len; |
| 99 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 1324 | 100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */ |
| 7 | 101 int tab_pad; |
| 217 | 102 int retval = FALSE; |
| 1359 | 103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when |
| 1324 | 104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */ |
| 7 | 105 |
| 106 /* | |
| 107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of | |
| 108 * characters needed for the indent. | |
| 109 */ | |
| 110 todo = size; | |
| 111 ind_len = 0; | |
| 112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 113 | |
| 114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it | |
| 115 * isn't already set */ | |
| 116 | |
| 1324 | 117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and |
| 118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the | |
| 119 * beginning of the line to be copied */ | |
| 120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)) | |
| 7 | 121 { |
| 122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 125 { | |
| 126 ind_done = 0; | |
| 127 | |
| 128 /* count as many characters as we can use */ | |
| 129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 132 { | |
| 133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 136 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 137 break; | |
| 138 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 139 ++ind_len; | |
| 140 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 141 } | |
| 142 else | |
| 143 { | |
| 144 --todo; | |
| 145 ++ind_len; | |
| 146 ++ind_done; | |
| 147 } | |
| 148 ++p; | |
| 149 } | |
| 150 | |
| 1324 | 151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are |
| 152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */ | |
| 153 if (curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 154 orig_char_len = ind_len; | |
| 155 | |
| 7 | 156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ |
| 157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1359 | 158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1) |
| 7 | 159 { |
| 160 doit = TRUE; | |
| 161 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 162 ++ind_len; | |
| 163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */ | |
| 164 } | |
| 165 } | |
| 166 | |
| 167 /* count tabs required for indent */ | |
| 168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 169 { | |
| 170 if (*p != TAB) | |
| 171 doit = TRUE; | |
| 172 else | |
| 173 ++p; | |
| 174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 175 ++ind_len; | |
| 176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */ | |
| 177 } | |
| 178 } | |
| 179 /* count spaces required for indent */ | |
| 180 while (todo > 0) | |
| 181 { | |
| 182 if (*p != ' ') | |
| 183 doit = TRUE; | |
| 184 else | |
| 185 ++p; | |
| 186 --todo; | |
| 187 ++ind_len; | |
| 188 /* ++ind_done; */ | |
| 189 } | |
| 190 | |
| 191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */ | |
| 192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT)) | |
| 193 return FALSE; | |
| 194 | |
| 195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */ | |
| 196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT) | |
| 197 p = oldline; | |
| 198 else | |
| 199 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1; | |
| 1324 | 201 |
| 202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original | |
| 203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces | |
| 204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */ | |
| 1359 | 205 if (orig_char_len != -1) |
| 1324 | 206 { |
| 207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len); | |
| 208 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 209 return FALSE; | |
| 1359 | 210 todo = size - ind_done; |
| 211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in | |
| 212 * characters, which may have been | |
| 213 * undercounted until now */ | |
| 1324 | 214 p = oldline; |
| 215 s = newline; | |
| 216 while (orig_char_len > 0) | |
| 217 { | |
| 218 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 219 orig_char_len--; | |
| 220 } | |
| 1474 | 221 |
| 1324 | 222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less |
| 223 * than old) */ | |
| 224 while (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1474 | 225 ++p; |
| 1348 | 226 |
| 1324 | 227 } |
| 228 else | |
| 229 { | |
| 230 todo = size; | |
| 231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 232 if (newline == NULL) | |
| 233 return FALSE; | |
| 234 s = newline; | |
| 235 } | |
| 7 | 236 |
| 237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */ | |
| 238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */ | |
| 239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
| 240 { | |
| 241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of | |
| 242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */ | |
| 243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi) | |
| 244 { | |
| 245 p = oldline; | |
| 246 ind_done = 0; | |
| 247 | |
| 248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 if (*p == TAB) | |
| 251 { | |
| 252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 255 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 256 break; | |
| 257 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 258 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 259 } | |
| 260 else | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 --todo; | |
| 263 ++ind_done; | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 *s++ = *p++; | |
| 266 } | |
| 267 | |
| 268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 270 if (todo >= tab_pad) | |
| 271 { | |
| 272 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 273 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 274 } | |
| 275 | |
| 276 p = skipwhite(p); | |
| 277 } | |
| 278 | |
| 279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts) | |
| 280 { | |
| 281 *s++ = TAB; | |
| 282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 283 } | |
| 284 } | |
| 285 while (todo > 0) | |
| 286 { | |
| 287 *s++ = ' '; | |
| 288 --todo; | |
| 289 } | |
| 290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len); | |
| 291 | |
| 292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */ | |
| 293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK) | |
| 294 { | |
| 295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE); | |
| 296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED) | |
| 297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */ | |
| 299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline)) | |
| 835 | 301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline); |
| 217 | 302 retval = TRUE; |
| 7 | 303 } |
| 304 else | |
| 305 vim_free(newline); | |
| 306 | |
| 307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 217 | 308 return retval; |
| 7 | 309 } |
| 310 | |
| 311 /* | |
| 312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size) | |
| 313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line. | |
| 314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed. | |
| 315 */ | |
| 316 static int | |
| 317 copy_indent(size, src) | |
| 318 int size; | |
| 319 char_u *src; | |
| 320 { | |
| 321 char_u *p = NULL; | |
| 322 char_u *line = NULL; | |
| 323 char_u *s; | |
| 324 int todo; | |
| 325 int ind_len; | |
| 326 int line_len = 0; | |
| 327 int tab_pad; | |
| 328 int ind_done; | |
| 329 int round; | |
| 330 | |
| 331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent | |
| 332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */ | |
| 333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) | |
| 334 { | |
| 335 todo = size; | |
| 336 ind_len = 0; | |
| 337 ind_done = 0; | |
| 338 s = src; | |
| 339 | |
| 340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */ | |
| 341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s)) | |
| 342 { | |
| 343 if (*s == TAB) | |
| 344 { | |
| 345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts | |
| 346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */ | |
| 348 if (todo < tab_pad) | |
| 349 break; | |
| 350 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 351 ind_done += tab_pad; | |
| 352 } | |
| 353 else | |
| 354 { | |
| 355 --todo; | |
| 356 ++ind_done; | |
| 357 } | |
| 358 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 359 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 360 *p++ = *s; |
| 361 ++s; | |
| 362 } | |
| 363 | |
| 364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */ | |
| 365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 3058 | 366 if (todo >= tab_pad && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 367 { |
| 368 todo -= tab_pad; | |
| 369 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 370 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 371 *p++ = TAB; |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /* Add tabs required for indent */ | |
| 3058 | 375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts && !curbuf->b_p_et) |
| 7 | 376 { |
| 377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 378 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 379 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 380 *p++ = TAB; |
| 381 } | |
| 382 | |
| 383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */ | |
| 384 while (todo > 0) | |
| 385 { | |
| 386 --todo; | |
| 387 ++ind_len; | |
| 840 | 388 if (p != NULL) |
| 7 | 389 *p++ = ' '; |
| 390 } | |
| 391 | |
| 840 | 392 if (p == NULL) |
| 7 | 393 { |
| 394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent | |
| 395 * and the rest of the line. */ | |
| 396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1; | |
| 397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len); | |
| 398 if (line == NULL) | |
| 399 return FALSE; | |
| 400 p = line; | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 | |
| 404 /* Append the original line */ | |
| 405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len); | |
| 406 | |
| 407 /* Replace the line */ | |
| 408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE); | |
| 409 | |
| 410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */ | |
| 411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len; | |
| 412 return TRUE; | |
| 413 } | |
| 414 | |
| 415 /* | |
| 416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no | |
| 417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list. | |
| 41 | 418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers. |
| 7 | 419 */ |
| 420 int | |
| 421 get_number_indent(lnum) | |
| 422 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 423 { | |
| 424 colnr_T col; | |
| 425 pos_T pos; | |
| 41 | 426 regmmatch_T regmatch; |
| 7 | 427 |
| 428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 429 return -1; | |
| 41 | 430 pos.lnum = 0; |
| 431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
| 433 { | |
| 434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
| 410 | 435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0; |
| 1521 | 436 if (vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
| 437 (colnr_T)0, NULL)) | |
| 41 | 438 { |
| 439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum; | |
| 440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
| 441 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 442 pos.coladd = 0; | |
| 443 #endif | |
| 444 } | |
| 445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 446 } | |
| 447 | |
| 448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL) | |
| 7 | 449 return -1; |
| 450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 451 return (int)col; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) | |
| 455 | |
| 456 static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line)); | |
| 457 | |
| 458 /* | |
| 459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'. | |
| 460 */ | |
| 461 static int | |
| 462 cin_is_cinword(line) | |
| 463 char_u *line; | |
| 464 { | |
| 465 char_u *cinw; | |
| 466 char_u *cinw_buf; | |
| 467 int cinw_len; | |
| 468 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 469 int len; | |
| 470 | |
| 471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1; | |
| 472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len); | |
| 473 if (cinw_buf != NULL) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 line = skipwhite(line); | |
| 476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; ) | |
| 477 { | |
| 478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ","); | |
| 479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0 | |
| 480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1]))) | |
| 481 { | |
| 482 retval = TRUE; | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 } | |
| 485 } | |
| 486 vim_free(cinw_buf); | |
| 487 } | |
| 488 return retval; | |
| 489 } | |
| 490 #endif | |
| 491 | |
| 492 /* | |
| 493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line. | |
| 494 * | |
| 495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the | |
| 496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line. | |
| 497 * | |
| 498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of | |
| 499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a | |
| 500 * new line. | |
| 501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor | |
| 502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments | |
| 503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces | |
| 504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break | |
| 505 * | |
| 506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure | |
| 507 */ | |
| 508 int | |
| 509 open_line(dir, flags, old_indent) | |
| 510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */ | |
| 511 int flags; | |
| 512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */ | |
| 513 { | |
| 514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */ | |
| 515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */ | |
| 516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */ | |
| 517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */ | |
| 518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */ | |
| 519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */ | |
| 520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */ | |
| 521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */ | |
| 522 int n; | |
| 523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */ | |
| 524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */ | |
| 525 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */ | |
| 527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */ | |
| 528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */ | |
| 529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */ | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */ | |
| 532 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \ | |
| 533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 534 char_u *p; | |
| 535 #endif | |
| 536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 537 #if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) | |
| 538 pos_T *pos; | |
| 539 #endif | |
| 540 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si | |
| 542 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 544 # endif | |
| 545 ); | |
| 546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */ | |
| 547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 548 #endif | |
| 549 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 550 int vreplace_mode; | |
| 551 #endif | |
| 552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */ | |
| 553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */ | |
| 554 | |
| 555 /* | |
| 556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it | |
| 557 */ | |
| 558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 560 return FALSE; | |
| 561 | |
| 562 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 564 { | |
| 565 /* | |
| 566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be | |
| 567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play | |
| 568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then | |
| 569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the | |
| 570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto | |
| 571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right | |
| 572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb. | |
| 573 */ | |
| 574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count) | |
| 575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)); | |
| 576 else | |
| 577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */ | |
| 579 goto theend; | |
| 580 | |
| 581 /* | |
| 582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the | |
| 584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that | |
| 585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent | |
| 586 * etc) a bit later. | |
| 587 */ | |
| 588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */ | |
| 589 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 591 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 1470 | 592 { |
| 593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 594 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 595 p += replace_push_mb(p); | |
| 596 else | |
| 597 #endif | |
| 598 replace_push(*p++); | |
| 599 } | |
| 7 | 600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; |
| 601 } | |
| 602 #endif | |
| 603 | |
| 604 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 605 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 607 #endif | |
| 608 ) | |
| 609 { | |
| 610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 611 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */ | |
| 613 { | |
| 614 p = skipwhite(p_extra); | |
| 615 first_char = *p; | |
| 616 } | |
| 617 #endif | |
| 618 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 620 #endif | |
| 621 saved_char = *p_extra; | |
| 622 *p_extra = NUL; | |
| 623 } | |
| 624 | |
| 625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */ | |
| 626 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 627 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 628 #endif | |
| 629 ai_col = 0; | |
| 630 | |
| 631 /* | |
| 632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on | |
| 633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not | |
| 634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai. | |
| 635 */ | |
| 636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai) | |
| 637 trunc_line = TRUE; | |
| 638 | |
| 639 /* | |
| 640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what | |
| 641 * indent to use for the new line. | |
| 642 */ | |
| 643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 644 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 645 || do_si | |
| 646 #endif | |
| 647 ) | |
| 648 { | |
| 649 /* | |
| 650 * count white space on current line | |
| 651 */ | |
| 652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 653 if (newindent == 0) | |
| 654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 655 | |
| 656 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 657 /* | |
| 658 * Do smart indenting. | |
| 659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD) | |
| 660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{' | |
| 661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line | |
| 662 * "if (condition) {" | |
| 663 */ | |
| 664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL | |
| 665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{')) | |
| 666 { | |
| 667 char_u *ptr; | |
| 668 char_u last_char; | |
| 669 | |
| 670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 671 ptr = saved_line; | |
| 672 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 675 else |
| 676 lead_len = 0; | |
| 677 # endif | |
| 678 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 679 { | |
| 680 /* | |
| 681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 682 * recognised as comments. | |
| 683 */ | |
| 684 if ( | |
| 685 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 686 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 687 # endif | |
| 688 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 689 { | |
| 690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 692 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 693 } | |
| 694 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE, TRUE); |
| 7 | 697 else |
| 698 lead_len = 0; | |
| 699 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 700 { | |
| 701 /* | |
| 702 * This case gets the following right: | |
| 703 * \* | |
| 704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/'). | |
| 705 * *\ | |
| 706 * #define IN_THE_WAY | |
| 707 * This should line up here; | |
| 708 */ | |
| 709 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 711 p++; | |
| 712 if (p[0] == '*') | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 for (p++; *p; p++) | |
| 715 { | |
| 716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*') | |
| 717 { | |
| 718 /* | |
| 719 * End of C comment, indent should line up | |
| 720 * with the line containing the start of | |
| 721 * the comment | |
| 722 */ | |
| 723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 725 { | |
| 726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 727 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 } | |
| 730 } | |
| 731 } | |
| 732 } | |
| 733 else /* Not a comment line */ | |
| 734 # endif | |
| 735 { | |
| 736 /* Find last non-blank in line */ | |
| 737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1; | |
| 738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 739 --p; | |
| 740 last_char = *p; | |
| 741 | |
| 742 /* | |
| 743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';' | |
| 744 */ | |
| 745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';') | |
| 746 { | |
| 747 if (p > ptr) | |
| 748 --p; | |
| 749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 750 --p; | |
| 751 } | |
| 752 /* | |
| 753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple | |
| 754 * lines. eg: | |
| 755 * if (condition && | |
| 756 * condition) { | |
| 757 * Should line up here! | |
| 758 * } | |
| 759 */ | |
| 760 if (*p == ')') | |
| 761 { | |
| 762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr); | |
| 763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 764 { | |
| 765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 766 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 767 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 768 } | |
| 769 } | |
| 770 /* | |
| 771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without | |
| 772 * checking for "if" and the like. | |
| 773 */ | |
| 774 if (last_char == '{') | |
| 775 { | |
| 776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */ | |
| 777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */ | |
| 778 } | |
| 779 /* | |
| 780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'. | |
| 781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or | |
| 782 * '}'. | |
| 783 */ | |
| 784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}' | |
| 785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr)) | |
| 786 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 787 } | |
| 788 } | |
| 789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */ | |
| 790 { | |
| 791 /* | |
| 792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are | |
| 793 * recognised as comments. | |
| 794 */ | |
| 795 if ( | |
| 796 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 797 lead_len == 0 && | |
| 798 # endif | |
| 799 ptr[0] == '#') | |
| 800 { | |
| 801 int was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 802 | |
| 803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) && | |
| 804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 805 { | |
| 806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 807 was_backslashed = TRUE; | |
| 808 else | |
| 809 was_backslashed = FALSE; | |
| 810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 811 } | |
| 812 if (was_backslashed) | |
| 813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */ | |
| 814 else | |
| 815 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 816 } | |
| 817 p = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */ | |
| 819 did_si = TRUE; | |
| 820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */ | |
| 821 can_si_back = TRUE; | |
| 822 } | |
| 823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 824 } | |
| 825 if (do_si) | |
| 826 can_si = TRUE; | |
| 827 #endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */ | |
| 828 | |
| 829 did_ai = TRUE; | |
| 830 } | |
| 831 | |
| 832 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 833 /* | |
| 834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader. | |
| 835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line. | |
| 836 */ | |
| 837 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM) | |
| 3562 | 839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD, TRUE); |
| 7 | 840 else |
| 841 lead_len = 0; | |
| 842 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 843 { | |
| 844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */ | |
| 845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */ | |
| 846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */ | |
| 849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */ | |
| 850 int current_flag; | |
| 851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */ | |
| 852 char_u *p2; | |
| 853 | |
| 854 /* | |
| 855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not | |
| 856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader. | |
| 857 */ | |
| 858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p) | |
| 859 { | |
| 860 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 861 { | |
| 862 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 863 continue; | |
| 864 } | |
| 865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 current_flag = *p; | |
| 868 if (*p == COM_START) | |
| 869 { | |
| 870 /* | |
| 871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader. | |
| 872 */ | |
| 873 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 874 { | |
| 875 lead_len = 0; | |
| 876 break; | |
| 877 } | |
| 878 | |
| 879 /* find start of middle part */ | |
| 880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 881 require_blank = FALSE; | |
| 882 } | |
| 883 | |
| 884 /* | |
| 885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader. | |
| 886 */ | |
| 887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 888 { | |
| 889 if (*p == COM_BLANK) | |
| 890 require_blank = TRUE; | |
| 891 ++p; | |
| 892 } | |
| 893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 894 | |
| 895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 900 ++p; | |
| 901 } | |
| 902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 903 | |
| 904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */ | |
| 905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1]; | |
| 906 | |
| 907 /* | |
| 908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use | |
| 909 * the comment leader. | |
| 910 */ | |
| 911 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 912 { | |
| 913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p) | |
| 914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0) | |
| 915 { | |
| 916 comment_end = p; | |
| 917 lead_len = 0; | |
| 918 break; | |
| 919 } | |
| 920 } | |
| 921 | |
| 922 /* | |
| 923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 924 */ | |
| 925 if (lead_len > 0) | |
| 926 { | |
| 927 if (current_flag == COM_START) | |
| 928 { | |
| 929 lead_repl = lead_middle; | |
| 930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 931 } | |
| 932 | |
| 933 /* | |
| 934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start | |
| 935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle | |
| 936 * comment leader on the next line. | |
| 937 */ | |
| 938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1]) | |
| 939 && ((p_extra != NULL | |
| 940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len) | |
| 941 || (p_extra == NULL | |
| 942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL) | |
| 943 || require_blank)) | |
| 944 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 945 } | |
| 946 break; | |
| 947 } | |
| 948 if (*p == COM_END) | |
| 949 { | |
| 950 /* | |
| 951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader. | |
| 952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the | |
| 953 * start (for C-comments). | |
| 954 */ | |
| 955 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 956 { | |
| 957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line); | |
| 958 lead_len = 0; | |
| 959 break; | |
| 960 } | |
| 961 | |
| 962 /* | |
| 963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader. | |
| 964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards. | |
| 965 */ | |
| 966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',') | |
| 967 --p; | |
| 968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com | |
| 969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl) | |
| 970 ; | |
| 971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl); | |
| 972 | |
| 973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on | |
| 974 * the comment-end */ | |
| 975 extra_space = TRUE; | |
| 976 | |
| 977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */ | |
| 978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++) | |
| 979 { | |
| 980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END) | |
| 981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */ | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 if (end_comment_pending == -1) | |
| 984 { | |
| 985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */ | |
| 986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',') | |
| 987 p2++; | |
| 988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1]; | |
| 989 } | |
| 990 break; | |
| 991 } | |
| 992 if (*p == COM_FIRST) | |
| 993 { | |
| 994 /* | |
| 995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader | |
| 996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o". | |
| 997 */ | |
| 998 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 999 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1000 else | |
| 1001 { | |
| 1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)""; | |
| 1003 lead_repl_len = 0; | |
| 1004 } | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 } | |
| 1007 } | |
| 1008 if (lead_len) | |
| 1009 { | |
| 1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */ | |
| 1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space + | |
| 1012 extra_len + 1); | |
| 1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */ | |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 if (leader == NULL) | |
| 1016 lead_len = 0; | |
| 1017 else | |
| 1018 { | |
| 419 | 1019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len); |
| 7 | 1020 |
| 1021 /* | |
| 1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted | |
| 1023 */ | |
| 1024 if (lead_repl != NULL) | |
| 1025 { | |
| 1026 int c = 0; | |
| 1027 int off = 0; | |
| 1028 | |
| 1996 | 1029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; ) |
| 7 | 1030 { |
| 1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT) | |
| 1996 | 1032 c = *p++; |
| 7 | 1033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') |
| 1034 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 1996 | 1035 else |
| 1036 ++p; | |
| 7 | 1037 } |
| 1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */ | |
| 1039 { | |
| 1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */ | |
| 1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader | |
| 1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p) | |
| 1043 ; | |
| 1044 ++p; | |
| 17 | 1045 |
| 1046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */ | |
| 1049 { | |
| 1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1051 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1052 int old_size = 0; | |
| 1053 char_u *endp = p; | |
| 1054 int l; | |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader) | |
| 1057 { | |
| 39 | 1058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p); |
| 17 | 1059 old_size += ptr2cells(p); |
| 1060 } | |
| 835 | 1061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p); |
| 17 | 1062 if (l != 0) |
| 1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp, | |
| 1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp)); | |
| 1065 lead_len += l; | |
| 1066 } | |
| 1067 #else | |
| 7 | 1068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len) |
| 1069 p = leader; | |
| 1070 else | |
| 1071 p -= lead_repl_len; | |
| 17 | 1072 #endif |
| 7 | 1073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len) | |
| 1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL; | |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */ | |
| 1078 while (--p >= leader) | |
| 17 | 1079 { |
| 1080 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p); | |
| 1082 | |
| 1083 if (l > 1) | |
| 1084 { | |
| 1085 p -= l; | |
| 1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1087 { | |
| 1088 p[1] = ' '; | |
| 1089 --l; | |
| 1090 } | |
| 1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1, | |
| 1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1))); | |
| 1093 lead_len -= l; | |
| 1094 *p = ' '; | |
| 1095 } | |
| 1096 else | |
| 1097 #endif | |
| 7 | 1098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) |
| 1099 *p = ' '; | |
| 17 | 1100 } |
| 7 | 1101 } |
| 1102 else /* left adjusted leader */ | |
| 1103 { | |
| 1104 p = skipwhite(leader); | |
| 17 | 1105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in | |
| 1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is | |
| 1108 * not to be overwritten. */ | |
| 1109 { | |
| 1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl, | |
| 1111 lead_repl_len); | |
| 1112 int i; | |
| 1113 int l; | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l) | |
| 1116 { | |
| 474 | 1117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); |
| 17 | 1118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size) |
| 1119 break; | |
| 1120 } | |
| 1121 if (i != lead_repl_len) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i, | |
| 2002 | 1124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader))); |
| 17 | 1125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i; |
| 1126 } | |
| 1127 } | |
| 1128 #endif | |
| 7 | 1129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len); |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old | |
| 1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must | |
| 1133 * remain the same. */ | |
| 1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p) | |
| 1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 1136 { | |
| 1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */ | |
| 1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB) | |
| 1139 { | |
| 1140 --lead_len; | |
| 1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, | |
| 1142 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1143 } | |
| 1144 else | |
| 17 | 1145 { |
| 1146 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 1147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 17 | 1148 |
| 1149 if (l > 1) | |
| 1150 { | |
| 1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1) | |
| 1152 { | |
| 1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with | |
| 1154 * two spaces */ | |
| 1155 --l; | |
| 1156 *p++ = ' '; | |
| 1157 } | |
| 1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l, | |
| 1159 (leader + lead_len) - p); | |
| 1160 lead_len -= l - 1; | |
| 1161 } | |
| 1162 #endif | |
| 7 | 1163 *p = ' '; |
| 17 | 1164 } |
| 7 | 1165 } |
| 1166 *p = NUL; | |
| 1167 } | |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */ | |
| 1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1171 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1172 || do_si | |
| 1173 #endif | |
| 1174 ) | |
| 1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts); | |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 /* Add the indent offset */ | |
| 1178 if (newindent + off < 0) | |
| 1179 { | |
| 1180 off = -newindent; | |
| 1181 newindent = 0; | |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 else | |
| 1184 newindent += off; | |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that | |
| 1187 * alignment remains equal. */ | |
| 1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0 | |
| 1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ') | |
| 1190 { | |
| 1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */ | |
| 1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL) | |
| 1193 break; | |
| 1194 --lead_len; | |
| 1195 --off; | |
| 1196 } | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an | |
| 1199 * extra space */ | |
| 1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1])) | |
| 1201 extra_space = FALSE; | |
| 1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1203 } | |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 if (extra_space) | |
| 1206 { | |
| 1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' '; | |
| 1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL; | |
| 1209 } | |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 newcol = lead_len; | |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 /* | |
| 1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that | |
| 1215 * is in the comment leader | |
| 1216 */ | |
| 1217 if (newindent | |
| 1218 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1219 || did_si | |
| 1220 #endif | |
| 1221 ) | |
| 1222 { | |
| 1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader)) | |
| 1224 { | |
| 1225 --lead_len; | |
| 1226 --newcol; | |
| 1227 ++leader; | |
| 1228 } | |
| 1229 } | |
| 1230 | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE; | |
| 1234 #endif | |
| 1235 } | |
| 1236 else if (comment_end != NULL) | |
| 1237 { | |
| 1238 /* | |
| 1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader. | |
| 1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal | |
| 1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the | |
| 1242 * comment. | |
| 1243 */ | |
| 1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' && | |
| 1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 1246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1247 || do_si | |
| 1248 #endif | |
| 1249 )) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line); | |
| 1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL) | |
| 1254 { | |
| 1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 1256 newindent = get_indent(); | |
| 1257 } | |
| 1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1259 } | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 #endif | |
| 1263 | |
| 1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */ | |
| 1265 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 1266 { | |
| 1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */ | |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 /* | |
| 1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first | |
| 1271 * non-blank. | |
| 1272 * | |
| 1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack, | |
| 1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered. | |
| 1275 */ | |
| 1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */ | |
| 1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES)) | |
| 1279 { | |
| 1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t') | |
| 1281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1282 && (!enc_utf8 | |
| 1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1))) | |
| 1284 #endif | |
| 1285 ) | |
| 1286 { | |
| 1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1288 replace_push(*p_extra); | |
| 1289 ++p_extra; | |
| 1290 ++less_cols_off; | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 } | |
| 1293 if (*p_extra != NUL) | |
| 1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */ | |
| 1295 | |
| 1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */ | |
| 1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line); | |
| 1298 } | |
| 1299 | |
| 1300 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */ | |
| 1302 | |
| 1303 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */ | |
| 1305 if (lead_len) | |
| 1306 { | |
| 1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra); | |
| 1308 p_extra = leader; | |
| 1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */ | |
| 1310 less_cols -= lead_len; | |
| 1311 } | |
| 1312 else | |
| 1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */ | |
| 1314 #endif | |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 1317 if (dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1319 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count) | |
| 1321 #endif | |
| 1322 { | |
| 1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) | |
| 1324 == FAIL) | |
| 1325 goto theend; | |
| 1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding | |
| 1327 * with markers. */ | |
| 1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
| 1329 did_append = TRUE; | |
| 1330 } | |
| 1331 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1332 else | |
| 1333 { | |
| 1334 /* | |
| 1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line. | |
| 1336 */ | |
| 1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++; | |
| 1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed) | |
| 1339 { | |
| 1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL | |
| 1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice. | |
| 1342 */ | |
| 1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */ | |
| 1344 vr_lines_changed++; | |
| 1345 } | |
| 1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE); | |
| 1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); | |
| 1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 1349 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 #endif | |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 if (newindent | |
| 1354 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1355 || did_si | |
| 1356 #endif | |
| 1357 ) | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1360 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1361 if (did_si) | |
| 1362 { | |
| 1363 if (p_sr) | |
| 1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 1366 } | |
| 1367 #endif | |
| 1324 | 1368 /* Copy the indent */ |
| 1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci) | |
| 7 | 1370 { |
| 1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line); | |
| 1372 | |
| 1373 /* | |
| 1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing | |
| 1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve | |
| 1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end. | |
| 1377 */ | |
| 1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE; | |
| 1379 } | |
| 1380 else | |
| 1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT); | |
| 1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 /* | |
| 1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must | |
| 1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS | |
| 1389 */ | |
| 1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n) | |
| 1392 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1394 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1395 if (no_si) | |
| 1396 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 1397 #endif | |
| 1398 } | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1401 /* | |
| 1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be | |
| 1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State)) | |
| 1406 while (lead_len-- > 0) | |
| 1407 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1408 #endif | |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 if (dir == FORWARD) | |
| 1413 { | |
| 1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT)) | |
| 1415 { | |
| 1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */ | |
| 1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */ | |
| 1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL)) | |
| 1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line); | |
| 1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE); | |
| 1422 saved_line = NULL; | |
| 1423 if (did_append) | |
| 1424 { | |
| 1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L); | |
| 1427 did_append = FALSE; | |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */ | |
| 1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX) | |
| 1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off, | |
| 1433 1L, (long)-less_cols); | |
| 1434 } | |
| 1435 else | |
| 1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 1437 } | |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 /* | |
| 1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may | |
| 1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor. | |
| 1442 */ | |
| 1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1; | |
| 1444 } | |
| 1445 if (did_append) | |
| 1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L); | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
| 1449 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1451 #endif | |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1454 /* | |
| 1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop | |
| 1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in | |
| 1457 * normal INSERT mode. | |
| 1458 */ | |
| 1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */ | |
| 1462 State = INSERT; | |
| 1463 } | |
| 1464 else | |
| 1465 vreplace_mode = 0; | |
| 1466 #endif | |
| 1467 #ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 1468 /* | |
| 1469 * May do lisp indenting. | |
| 1470 */ | |
| 1471 if (!p_paste | |
| 1472 # ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 1473 && leader == NULL | |
| 1474 # endif | |
| 1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp | |
| 1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 1477 { | |
| 1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 1479 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1481 } | |
| 1482 #endif | |
| 1483 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1484 /* | |
| 1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line. | |
| 1486 */ | |
| 1487 if (!p_paste | |
| 1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 1489 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 1491 # endif | |
| 1492 ) | |
| 1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD | |
| 1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 1496 { | |
| 1497 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1498 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p); | |
| 1500 } | |
| 1501 #endif | |
| 1502 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT)) | |
| 1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0) | |
| 1504 State = vreplace_mode; | |
| 1505 #endif | |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1508 /* | |
| 1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the | |
| 1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff | |
| 1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()). | |
| 1512 */ | |
| 1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1514 { | |
| 1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */ | |
| 1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1517 if (p_extra == NULL) | |
| 1518 goto theend; | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE); | |
| 1522 | |
| 1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1525 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 1527 #endif | |
| 1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */ | |
| 1529 vim_free(p_extra); | |
| 1530 next_line = NULL; | |
| 1531 } | |
| 1532 #endif | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */ | |
| 1535 theend: | |
| 1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi; | |
| 1537 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 1538 vim_free(next_line); | |
| 1539 vim_free(allocated); | |
| 1540 return retval; | |
| 1541 } | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 #if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1544 /* | |
| 1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string | |
| 1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is | |
| 1547 * returned. | |
| 1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized | |
| 1549 * comment leader. | |
| 1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command. | |
| 3562 | 1551 * If "include_space" is set, include trailing whitespace while calculating the |
| 1552 * length. | |
| 7 | 1553 */ |
| 1554 int | |
| 3562 | 1555 get_leader_len(line, flags, backward, include_space) |
| 7 | 1556 char_u *line; |
| 1557 char_u **flags; | |
| 1558 int backward; | |
| 3562 | 1559 int include_space; |
| 7 | 1560 { |
| 1561 int i, j; | |
| 3562 | 1562 int result; |
| 7 | 1563 int got_com = FALSE; |
| 1564 int found_one; | |
| 1565 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1566 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */ | |
| 1567 char_u *list; | |
| 2809 | 1568 int middle_match_len = 0; |
| 1569 char_u *prev_list; | |
| 2813 | 1570 char_u *saved_flags = NULL; |
| 7 | 1571 |
| 3562 | 1572 result = i = 0; |
| 7 | 1573 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */ |
| 1574 ++i; | |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 /* | |
| 1577 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1578 */ | |
| 2809 | 1579 while (line[i] != NUL) |
| 7 | 1580 { |
| 1581 /* | |
| 1582 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1583 */ | |
| 1584 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1585 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1586 { | |
| 2809 | 1587 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next |
| 1588 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */ | |
| 1589 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1590 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */ | |
| 1591 prev_list = list; | |
| 7 | 1592 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); |
| 1593 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1594 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */ | |
| 1595 continue; | |
| 1596 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */ | |
| 1597 | |
| 2809 | 1598 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this |
| 1599 * is not a middle or end. */ | |
| 1600 if (middle_match_len != 0 | |
| 1601 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL | |
| 1602 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL) | |
| 1603 break; | |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further | |
| 1606 * nested comments. */ | |
| 7 | 1607 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1608 continue; | |
| 1609 | |
| 2809 | 1610 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */ |
| 7 | 1611 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL) |
| 1612 continue; | |
| 1613 | |
| 2809 | 1614 /* Line contents and string must match. |
| 7 | 1615 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space |
| 1616 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 2809 | 1617 * TABs and spaces). */ |
| 7 | 1618 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1619 { | |
| 1620 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 2809 | 1621 continue; /* missing shite space */ |
| 7 | 1622 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) |
| 1623 ++string; | |
| 1624 } | |
| 1625 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1626 ; | |
| 1627 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 2809 | 1628 continue; /* string doesn't match */ |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1631 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */ | |
| 7 | 1632 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL |
| 1633 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1634 continue; | |
| 1635 | |
| 2809 | 1636 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle |
| 1637 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end | |
| 1638 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the | |
| 1639 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle | |
| 1640 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */ | |
| 1641 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) | |
| 1642 { | |
| 1643 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1644 { | |
| 1645 middle_match_len = j; | |
| 1646 saved_flags = prev_list; | |
| 1647 } | |
| 1648 continue; | |
| 1649 } | |
| 1650 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len) | |
| 1651 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a | |
| 1652 * longer thus better match. */ | |
| 1653 middle_match_len = 0; | |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 if (middle_match_len == 0) | |
| 1656 i += j; | |
| 7 | 1657 found_one = TRUE; |
| 1658 break; | |
| 1659 } | |
| 1660 | |
| 2809 | 1661 if (middle_match_len != 0) |
| 1662 { | |
| 1663 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a | |
| 1664 * match with an end. */ | |
| 1665 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) | |
| 1666 *flags = saved_flags; | |
| 1667 i += middle_match_len; | |
| 1668 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1669 } | |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 /* No match found, stop scanning. */ | |
| 7 | 1672 if (!found_one) |
| 1673 break; | |
| 1674 | |
| 3562 | 1675 result = i; |
| 1676 | |
| 2809 | 1677 /* Include any trailing white space. */ |
| 7 | 1678 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) |
| 1679 ++i; | |
| 1680 | |
| 3562 | 1681 if (include_space) |
| 1682 result = i; | |
| 1683 | |
| 2809 | 1684 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */ |
| 1685 got_com = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 1686 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL) |
| 1687 break; | |
| 1688 } | |
| 3562 | 1689 return result; |
| 1690 } | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 /* | |
| 1693 * Return the offset at which the last comment in line starts. If there is no | |
| 1694 * comment in the whole line, -1 is returned. | |
| 1695 * | |
| 1696 * When "flags" is not null, it is set to point to the flags describing the | |
| 1697 * recognized comment leader. | |
| 1698 */ | |
| 1699 int | |
| 1700 get_last_leader_offset(line, flags) | |
| 1701 char_u *line; | |
| 1702 char_u **flags; | |
| 1703 { | |
| 1704 int result = -1; | |
| 1705 int i, j; | |
| 1706 int lower_check_bound = 0; | |
| 1707 char_u *string; | |
| 1708 char_u *com_leader; | |
| 1709 char_u *com_flags; | |
| 1710 char_u *list; | |
| 1711 int found_one; | |
| 1712 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 /* | |
| 1715 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings. | |
| 1716 */ | |
| 1717 i = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
| 1718 while (--i >= lower_check_bound) | |
| 1719 { | |
| 1720 /* | |
| 1721 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match | |
| 1722 */ | |
| 1723 found_one = FALSE; | |
| 1724 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1725 { | |
| 1726 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 /* | |
| 1729 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one. | |
| 1730 * put string at start of string. | |
| 1731 */ | |
| 1732 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1733 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':'); | |
| 1734 if (string == NULL) /* If everything is fine, this cannot actually | |
| 1735 * happen. */ | |
| 1736 { | |
| 1737 continue; | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 *string++ = NUL; /* Isolate flags from string. */ | |
| 1740 com_leader = string; | |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 /* | |
| 1743 * Line contents and string must match. | |
| 1744 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space | |
| 1745 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of | |
| 1746 * TABs and spaces). | |
| 1747 */ | |
| 1748 if (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1])) | |
| 1751 continue; | |
| 1752 while (vim_iswhite(string[0])) | |
| 1753 ++string; | |
| 1754 } | |
| 1755 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j) | |
| 1756 /* do nothing */; | |
| 1757 if (string[j] != NUL) | |
| 1758 continue; | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 /* | |
| 1761 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an | |
| 1762 * end-of-line after the string in the line. | |
| 1763 */ | |
| 1764 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL | |
| 1765 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL) | |
| 1766 { | |
| 1767 continue; | |
| 1768 } | |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 /* | |
| 1771 * We have found a match, stop searching. | |
| 1772 */ | |
| 1773 found_one = TRUE; | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 if (flags) | |
| 1776 *flags = flags_save; | |
| 1777 com_flags = flags_save; | |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 break; | |
| 1780 } | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 if (found_one) | |
| 1783 { | |
| 1784 char_u part_buf2[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */ | |
| 1785 int len1, len2, off; | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 result = i; | |
| 1788 /* | |
| 1789 * If this comment nests, continue searching. | |
| 1790 */ | |
| 1791 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) != NULL) | |
| 1792 continue; | |
| 1793 | |
| 1794 lower_check_bound = i; | |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 /* Let's verify whether the comment leader found is a substring | |
| 1797 * of other comment leaders. If it is, let's adjust the | |
| 1798 * lower_check_bound so that we make sure that we have determined | |
| 1799 * the comment leader correctly. | |
| 1800 */ | |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 while (vim_iswhite(*com_leader)) | |
| 1803 ++com_leader; | |
| 1804 len1 = (int)STRLEN(com_leader); | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; ) | |
| 1807 { | |
| 1808 char_u *flags_save = list; | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf2, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 1811 if (flags_save == com_flags) | |
| 1812 continue; | |
| 1813 string = vim_strchr(part_buf2, ':'); | |
| 1814 ++string; | |
| 1815 while (vim_iswhite(*string)) | |
| 1816 ++string; | |
| 1817 len2 = (int)STRLEN(string); | |
| 1818 if (len2 == 0) | |
| 1819 continue; | |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 /* Now we have to verify whether string ends with a substring | |
| 1822 * beginning the com_leader. */ | |
| 1823 for (off = (len2 > i ? i : len2); off > 0 && off + len1 > len2;) | |
| 1824 { | |
| 1825 --off; | |
| 1826 if (!STRNCMP(string + off, com_leader, len2 - off)) | |
| 1827 { | |
| 1828 if (i - off < lower_check_bound) | |
| 1829 lower_check_bound = i - off; | |
| 1830 } | |
| 1831 } | |
| 1832 } | |
| 1833 } | |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 return result; | |
| 7 | 1836 } |
| 1837 #endif | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 /* | |
| 1840 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum". | |
| 1841 */ | |
| 1842 int | |
| 1843 plines(lnum) | |
| 1844 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1845 { | |
| 1846 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1847 } | |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 int | |
| 1850 plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1851 win_T *wp; | |
| 1852 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1853 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1854 { | |
| 1855 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1856 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1857 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1858 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1859 } | |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 int | |
| 1862 plines_nofill(lnum) | |
| 1863 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1864 { | |
| 1865 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1866 } | |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 int | |
| 1869 plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) | |
| 1870 win_T *wp; | |
| 1871 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1872 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */ | |
| 1873 { | |
| 1874 #endif | |
| 1875 int lines; | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1878 return 1; | |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1881 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1882 return 1; | |
| 1883 #endif | |
| 1884 | |
| 1885 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1886 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */ | |
| 1887 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */ | |
| 1888 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE) | |
| 1889 return 1; | |
| 1890 #endif | |
| 1891 | |
| 1892 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum); | |
| 1893 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height) | |
| 1894 return (int)wp->w_height; | |
| 1895 return lines; | |
| 1896 } | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 /* | |
| 1899 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window | |
| 1900 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'. | |
| 1901 */ | |
| 1902 int | |
| 1903 plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum) | |
| 1904 win_T *wp; | |
| 1905 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1906 { | |
| 1907 char_u *s; | |
| 1908 long col; | |
| 1909 int width; | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1912 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */ | |
| 1913 return 1; | |
| 1914 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 /* | |
| 1917 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one | |
| 1918 * extra column. | |
| 1919 */ | |
| 1920 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL) | |
| 1921 col += 1; | |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1924 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'. |
| 7 | 1925 */ |
| 1926 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1927 if (width <= 0) | |
| 1928 return 32000; | |
| 1929 if (col <= width) | |
| 1930 return 1; | |
| 1931 col -= width; | |
| 1932 width += win_col_off2(wp); | |
| 1933 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1; | |
| 1934 } | |
| 1935 | |
| 1936 /* | |
| 1937 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines | |
| 1938 * used from the start of the line to the given column number. | |
| 1939 */ | |
| 1940 int | |
| 1941 plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column) | |
| 1942 win_T *wp; | |
| 1943 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1944 long column; | |
| 1945 { | |
| 1946 long col; | |
| 1947 char_u *s; | |
| 1948 int lines = 0; | |
| 1949 int width; | |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1952 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result | |
| 1953 * is one line anyway. */ | |
| 1954 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum); | |
| 1955 #endif | |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 if (!wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 1958 return lines + 1; | |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1961 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 1962 return lines + 1; | |
| 1963 #endif | |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 col = 0; | |
| 1968 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0) | |
| 1969 { | |
| 1970 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL); | |
| 39 | 1971 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 1972 } |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 /* | |
| 1975 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in | |
| 1976 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last | |
| 1977 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps | |
| 1978 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of | |
| 1979 * 'ts') -- webb. | |
| 1980 */ | |
| 1981 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 1982 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1; | |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
1985 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc. |
| 7 | 1986 */ |
| 1987 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp); | |
| 1023 | 1988 if (width <= 0) |
| 1989 return 9999; | |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 lines += 1; | |
| 1992 if (col > width) | |
| 1993 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1; | |
| 1994 return lines; | |
| 7 | 1995 } |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 int | |
| 1998 plines_m_win(wp, first, last) | |
| 1999 win_T *wp; | |
| 2000 linenr_T first, last; | |
| 2001 { | |
| 2002 int count = 0; | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 while (first <= last) | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2007 int x; | |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines | |
| 2010 * that are maybe folded. */ | |
| 2011 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL); | |
| 2012 if (x > 0) | |
| 2013 { | |
| 2014 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */ | |
| 2015 first += x; | |
| 2016 } | |
| 2017 else | |
| 2018 #endif | |
| 2019 { | |
| 2020 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2021 if (first == wp->w_topline) | |
| 2022 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2023 else | |
| 2024 #endif | |
| 2025 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE); | |
| 2026 ++first; | |
| 2027 } | |
| 2028 } | |
| 2029 return (count); | |
| 2030 } | |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2033 /* | |
| 2034 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte. | |
| 2035 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2036 */ | |
| 2037 void | |
| 2038 ins_bytes(p) | |
| 2039 char_u *p; | |
| 2040 { | |
| 2041 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p)); | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 #endif | |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2046 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2047 /* | |
| 2048 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position. | |
| 2049 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters. | |
| 2050 */ | |
| 2051 void | |
| 2052 ins_bytes_len(p, len) | |
| 2053 char_u *p; | |
| 2054 int len; | |
| 2055 { | |
| 2056 int i; | |
| 2057 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2058 int n; | |
| 2059 | |
| 1617 | 2060 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2061 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n) | |
| 2062 { | |
| 2063 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2064 /* avoid reading past p[len] */ | |
| 2065 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i); | |
| 2066 else | |
| 2067 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i); | |
| 2068 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n); | |
| 2069 } | |
| 2070 else | |
| 7 | 2071 # endif |
| 1617 | 2072 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2073 ins_char(p[i]); | |
| 7 | 2074 } |
| 2075 #endif | |
| 2076 | |
| 2077 /* | |
| 2078 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position. | |
| 2079 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character. | |
| 2080 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2081 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must | |
| 2082 * convert bytes to a character. | |
| 2083 */ | |
| 2084 void | |
| 2085 ins_char(c) | |
| 2086 int c; | |
| 2087 { | |
| 2088 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3549 | 2089 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
| 7 | 2090 int n; |
| 2091 | |
| 2092 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte. | |
| 2095 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */ | |
| 2096 if (buf[0] == 0) | |
| 2097 buf[0] = '\n'; | |
| 2098 | |
| 2099 ins_char_bytes(buf, n); | |
| 2100 } | |
| 2101 | |
| 2102 void | |
| 2103 ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen) | |
| 2104 char_u *buf; | |
| 2105 int charlen; | |
| 2106 { | |
| 2107 int c = buf[0]; | |
| 2108 #endif | |
| 2109 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */ | |
| 2110 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */ | |
| 2111 char_u *p; | |
| 2112 char_u *newp; | |
| 2113 char_u *oldp; | |
| 2114 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */ | |
| 2115 colnr_T col; | |
| 2116 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2117 int i; | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2120 /* Break tabs if needed. */ | |
| 2121 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2122 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2123 #endif | |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2126 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2127 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1; | |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */ | |
| 2130 oldlen = 0; | |
| 2131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2132 newlen = charlen; | |
| 2133 #else | |
| 2134 newlen = 1; | |
| 2135 #endif | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2138 { | |
| 2139 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2140 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2141 { | |
| 2142 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2143 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 2144 int old_list; | |
| 2145 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2146 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 2147 #endif | |
| 2148 | |
| 2149 /* | |
| 2150 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 2151 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished, | |
| 2152 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this. | |
| 2153 */ | |
| 2154 old_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 2155 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 2156 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 /* | |
| 2159 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more | |
| 2160 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to | |
| 2161 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen | |
| 2162 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap. | |
| 2163 */ | |
| 2164 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL); | |
| 2165 #ifndef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2166 buf[0] = c; | |
| 2167 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 2168 #endif | |
| 2169 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol); | |
| 2170 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol) | |
| 2171 { | |
| 2172 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol); | |
| 2173 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right | |
| 2174 * position. */ | |
| 2175 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB) | |
| 2176 break; | |
| 2177 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2178 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen); |
| 7 | 2179 #else |
| 2180 ++oldlen; | |
| 2181 #endif | |
| 2182 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */ | |
| 2183 if (vcol > new_vcol) | |
| 2184 newlen += vcol - new_vcol; | |
| 2185 } | |
| 2186 curwin->w_p_list = old_list; | |
| 2187 } | |
| 2188 else | |
| 2189 #endif | |
| 2190 if (oldp[col] != NUL) | |
| 2191 { | |
| 2192 /* normal replace */ | |
| 2193 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 2194 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col); |
| 7 | 2195 #else |
| 2196 oldlen = 1; | |
| 2197 #endif | |
| 2198 } | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be | |
| 2202 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are | |
| 2203 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off | |
| 2204 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */ | |
| 2205 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 2206 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i) | |
| 2207 { | |
| 2208 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1470 | 2209 if (has_mbyte) |
| 2210 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1; | |
| 2211 else | |
| 2212 #endif | |
| 2213 replace_push(oldp[col + i]); | |
| 7 | 2214 } |
| 2215 } | |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen)); | |
| 2218 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2219 return; | |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */ | |
| 2222 if (col > 0) | |
| 2223 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */ | |
| 2226 p = newp + col; | |
| 2227 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen, | |
| 2228 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen)); | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */ | |
| 2231 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2232 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen); | |
| 2233 i = charlen; | |
| 2234 #else | |
| 2235 *p = c; | |
| 2236 i = 1; | |
| 2237 #endif | |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */ | |
| 2240 while (i < newlen) | |
| 2241 p[i++] = ' '; | |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */ | |
| 2244 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2245 | |
| 2246 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2247 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 /* | |
| 2250 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly | |
| 2251 * show the match for right parens and braces. | |
| 2252 */ | |
| 2253 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT) | |
| 2254 && msg_silent == 0 | |
| 2255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2256 && charlen == 1 | |
| 2257 #endif | |
| 674 | 2258 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 2259 && !ins_compl_active() | |
| 2260 #endif | |
| 7 | 2261 ) |
| 2262 showmatch(c); | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2265 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 2266 #endif | |
| 2267 { | |
| 2268 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */ | |
| 2269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2270 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen; | |
| 2271 #else | |
| 2272 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2273 #endif | |
| 2274 } | |
| 2275 /* | |
| 2276 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later. | |
| 2277 */ | |
| 2278 } | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 /* | |
| 2281 * Insert a string at the cursor position. | |
| 2282 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode. | |
| 2283 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2284 */ | |
| 2285 void | |
| 2286 ins_str(s) | |
| 2287 char_u *s; | |
| 2288 { | |
| 2289 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2290 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 2291 int oldlen; | |
| 2292 colnr_T col; | |
| 2293 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2296 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 2297 coladvance_force(getviscol()); | |
| 2298 #endif | |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2301 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2302 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1)); | |
| 2305 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2306 return; | |
| 2307 if (col > 0) | |
| 2308 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2309 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen); | |
| 2310 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1)); | |
| 2311 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2312 changed_bytes(lnum, col); | |
| 2313 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen; | |
| 2314 } | |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 /* | |
| 2317 * Delete one character under the cursor. | |
| 2318 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2319 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2320 * | |
| 2321 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2322 */ | |
| 2323 int | |
| 2324 del_char(fixpos) | |
| 2325 int fixpos; | |
| 2326 { | |
| 2327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2328 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2329 { | |
| 2330 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */ | |
| 2331 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 2332 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 2333 return FAIL; | |
| 2334 return del_chars(1L, fixpos); | |
| 2335 } | |
| 2336 #endif | |
| 610 | 2337 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2338 } |
| 2339 | |
| 2340 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2341 /* | |
| 2342 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes. | |
| 2343 */ | |
| 2344 int | |
| 2345 del_chars(count, fixpos) | |
| 2346 long count; | |
| 2347 int fixpos; | |
| 2348 { | |
| 2349 long bytes = 0; | |
| 2350 long i; | |
| 2351 char_u *p; | |
| 2352 int l; | |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2355 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i) | |
| 2356 { | |
| 474 | 2357 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2358 bytes += l; |
| 2359 p += l; | |
| 2360 } | |
| 610 | 2361 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2362 } |
| 2363 #endif | |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 /* | |
| 2366 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor. | |
| 2367 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2368 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2369 * | |
| 2370 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2371 */ | |
| 2372 int | |
| 777 | 2373 del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine) |
| 7 | 2374 long count; |
| 777 | 2375 int fixpos_arg; |
| 1877 | 2376 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */ |
| 7 | 2377 { |
| 2378 char_u *oldp, *newp; | |
| 2379 colnr_T oldlen; | |
| 2380 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2381 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2382 int was_alloced; | |
| 2383 long movelen; | |
| 777 | 2384 int fixpos = fixpos_arg; |
| 7 | 2385 |
| 2386 oldp = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 2387 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp); | |
| 2388 | |
| 2389 /* | |
| 2390 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line. | |
| 2391 */ | |
| 2392 if (col >= oldlen) | |
| 2393 return FAIL; | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2396 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only | |
| 2397 * delete the last combining character. */ | |
| 610 | 2398 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8 |
| 2399 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count) | |
| 7 | 2400 { |
| 714 | 2401 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 2402 int n; |
| 2403 | |
| 714 | 2404 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc); |
| 2405 if (cc[0] != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2406 { |
| 2407 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */ | |
| 2408 n = col; | |
| 2409 do | |
| 2410 { | |
| 2411 col = n; | |
| 474 | 2412 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n); |
| 7 | 2413 n += count; |
| 2414 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n)); | |
| 2415 fixpos = 0; | |
| 2416 } | |
| 2417 } | |
| 2418 #endif | |
| 2419 | |
| 2420 /* | |
| 2421 * When count is too big, reduce it. | |
| 2422 */ | |
| 2423 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */ | |
| 2424 if (movelen <= 1) | |
| 2425 { | |
| 2426 /* | |
| 2427 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and | |
| 777 | 2428 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL, |
| 2429 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore". | |
| 7 | 2430 */ |
| 777 | 2431 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0 |
| 2432 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2433 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 2434 #endif | |
| 2435 ) | |
| 7 | 2436 { |
| 2437 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2438 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2439 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 2440 #endif | |
| 2441 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2442 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2443 curwin->w_cursor.col -= | |
| 2444 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2445 #endif | |
| 2446 } | |
| 2447 count = oldlen - col; | |
| 2448 movelen = 1; | |
| 2449 } | |
| 2450 | |
| 2451 /* | |
| 2452 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the | |
| 2453 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated | |
| 1532 | 2454 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke |
| 2455 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
2456 * care of notifying Netbeans. |
| 7 | 2457 */ |
| 2458 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2459 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 1532 | 2460 was_alloced = FALSE; |
| 2461 else | |
| 2462 #endif | |
| 2463 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */ | |
| 7 | 2464 if (was_alloced) |
| 2465 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */ | |
| 2466 else | |
| 2467 { /* need to allocate a new line */ | |
| 2468 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count)); | |
| 2469 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2470 return FAIL; | |
| 2471 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col); | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen); | |
| 2474 if (!was_alloced) | |
| 2475 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2478 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 return OK; | |
| 2481 } | |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 /* | |
| 2484 * Delete from cursor to end of line. | |
| 2485 * Caller must have prepared for undo. | |
| 2486 * | |
| 2487 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
| 2488 */ | |
| 2489 int | |
| 2490 truncate_line(fixpos) | |
| 2491 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */ | |
| 2492 { | |
| 2493 char_u *newp; | |
| 2494 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 2495 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2496 | |
| 2497 if (col == 0) | |
| 2498 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
| 2499 else | |
| 2500 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col); | |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 if (newp == NULL) | |
| 2503 return FAIL; | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE); | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2508 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 /* | |
| 2511 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL. | |
| 2512 */ | |
| 2513 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 2514 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 return OK; | |
| 2517 } | |
| 2518 | |
| 2519 /* | |
| 2520 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor. | |
| 2521 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE. | |
| 2522 */ | |
| 2523 void | |
| 2524 del_lines(nlines, undo) | |
| 2525 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */ | |
| 2526 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */ | |
| 2527 { | |
| 2528 long n; | |
| 1929 | 2529 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 7 | 2530 |
| 2531 if (nlines <= 0) | |
| 2532 return; | |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 /* save the deleted lines for undo */ | |
| 1929 | 2535 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 2536 return; |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 for (n = 0; n < nlines; ) | |
| 2539 { | |
| 2540 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
| 2541 break; | |
| 2542 | |
| 1929 | 2543 ml_delete(first, TRUE); |
| 7 | 2544 ++n; |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */ | |
| 1929 | 2547 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 7 | 2548 break; |
| 2549 } | |
| 1929 | 2550 |
| 2551 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may | |
| 2552 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 2553 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 2554 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
| 1929 | 2555 |
| 2556 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 2557 deleted_lines_mark(first, n); | |
| 7 | 2558 } |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 int | |
| 2561 gchar_pos(pos) | |
| 2562 pos_T *pos; | |
| 2563 { | |
| 2564 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos); | |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2567 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2568 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 2569 #endif | |
| 2570 return (int)*ptr; | |
| 2571 } | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 int | |
| 2574 gchar_cursor() | |
| 2575 { | |
| 2576 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2577 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2578 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2579 #endif | |
| 2580 return (int)*ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 2581 } | |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 /* | |
| 2584 * Write a character at the current cursor position. | |
| 2585 * It is directly written into the block. | |
| 2586 */ | |
| 2587 void | |
| 2588 pchar_cursor(c) | |
| 2589 int c; | |
| 2590 { | |
| 2591 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE) | |
| 2592 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c; | |
| 2593 } | |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 /* | |
| 2596 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first | |
| 2597 * non-blank in the line. | |
| 2598 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in | |
| 2599 * the line. | |
| 2600 */ | |
| 2601 int | |
| 2602 inindent(extra) | |
| 2603 int extra; | |
| 2604 { | |
| 2605 char_u *ptr; | |
| 2606 colnr_T col; | |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col) | |
| 2609 ++ptr; | |
| 2610 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra) | |
| 2611 return TRUE; | |
| 2612 else | |
| 2613 return FALSE; | |
| 2614 } | |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 /* | |
| 2617 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma. | |
| 2618 */ | |
| 2619 char_u * | |
| 2620 skip_to_option_part(p) | |
| 2621 char_u *p; | |
| 2622 { | |
| 2623 if (*p == ',') | |
| 2624 ++p; | |
| 2625 while (*p == ' ') | |
| 2626 ++p; | |
| 2627 return p; | |
| 2628 } | |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 /* | |
| 2189 | 2631 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed. |
| 7 | 2632 * |
| 2633 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also | |
| 2634 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn. | |
| 2189 | 2635 * |
| 2636 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 7 | 2637 */ |
| 2638 void | |
| 2639 changed() | |
| 2640 { | |
| 2641 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) | |
| 2642 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't | |
| 2643 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the | |
| 2644 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */ | |
| 2645 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting) | |
| 2646 return; | |
| 2647 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE; | |
| 2648 #endif | |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 if (!curbuf->b_changed) | |
| 2651 { | |
| 2652 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll; | |
| 2653 | |
| 819 | 2654 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also |
| 2655 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */ | |
| 7 | 2656 change_warning(0); |
| 819 | 2657 |
| 7 | 2658 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted. |
| 2659 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */ | |
| 2660 if (curbuf->b_may_swap | |
| 2661 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 2662 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf) | |
| 2663 #endif | |
| 2664 ) | |
| 2665 { | |
| 2666 ml_open_file(curbuf); | |
| 2667 | |
| 2668 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message. | |
| 2669 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected | |
| 2670 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now, | |
| 2671 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */ | |
| 2672 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2673 { | |
| 2674 out_flush(); | |
| 2675 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE); | |
| 2676 wait_return(TRUE); | |
| 2677 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll; | |
| 2678 } | |
| 2679 } | |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2680 changed_int(); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2681 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2682 ++curbuf->b_changedtick; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2683 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2684 |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2685 /* |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2686 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction. |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2687 */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2688 void |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2689 changed_int() |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2690 { |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2691 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE; |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2692 ml_setflags(curbuf); |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2693 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2694 check_status(curbuf); |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2695 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
|
2165
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2696 #endif |
|
733f0dc510c3
Undo changes that are meant for the Vim 7.3 branch.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2162
diff
changeset
|
2697 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE |
|
2162
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2698 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2699 #endif |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2700 } |
|
0527eb0f6918
After recovery check if the text changed. If it did mark the buffer as
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2129
diff
changeset
|
2701 |
| 265 | 2702 static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 2703 static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); | |
| 7 | 2704 static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra)); |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 /* | |
| 2707 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer. | |
| 2708 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2709 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2710 * - invalidates cached values | |
| 2189 | 2711 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2712 */ |
| 2713 void | |
| 2714 changed_bytes(lnum, col) | |
| 2715 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2716 colnr_T col; | |
| 2717 { | |
| 265 | 2718 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum); |
| 7 | 2719 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L); |
| 265 | 2720 |
| 2721 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2722 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */ | |
| 2723 if (curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2724 { | |
| 2725 win_T *wp; | |
| 2726 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2729 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2730 { | |
| 2731 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2732 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2733 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2734 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum); | |
| 2735 } | |
| 2736 } | |
| 2737 #endif | |
| 7 | 2738 } |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 static void | |
| 265 | 2741 changedOneline(buf, lnum) |
| 2742 buf_T *buf; | |
| 7 | 2743 linenr_T lnum; |
| 2744 { | |
| 265 | 2745 if (buf->b_mod_set) |
| 7 | 2746 { |
| 2747 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2748 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2749 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2750 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 2751 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 7 | 2752 } |
| 2753 else | |
| 2754 { | |
| 2755 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */ | |
| 265 | 2756 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2757 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2758 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1; | |
| 2759 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0; | |
| 7 | 2760 } |
| 2761 } | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 /* | |
| 2764 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2765 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2766 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2767 */ | |
| 2768 void | |
| 2769 appended_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2770 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2771 long count; | |
| 2772 { | |
| 2773 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2774 } | |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 /* | |
| 2777 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 2778 */ | |
| 2779 void | |
| 2780 appended_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2781 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2782 long count; | |
| 2783 { | |
| 2784 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L); | |
| 2785 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count); | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 /* | |
| 2789 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer. | |
| 2790 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2791 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag. | |
| 2792 */ | |
| 2793 void | |
| 2794 deleted_lines(lnum, count) | |
| 2795 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2796 long count; | |
| 2797 { | |
| 2798 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2799 } | |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 /* | |
| 2802 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first. | |
| 1929 | 2803 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may |
| 2804 * be triggered to display the cursor. | |
| 7 | 2805 */ |
| 2806 void | |
| 2807 deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count) | |
| 2808 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2809 long count; | |
| 2810 { | |
| 2811 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count); | |
| 2812 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count); | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 /* | |
| 2816 * Changed lines for the current buffer. | |
| 2817 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust(). | |
| 2818 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed() | |
| 2819 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed | |
| 2820 * - invalidate cached values | |
| 2821 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line | |
| 2822 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change). | |
| 2823 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal. | |
| 2824 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*. | |
| 2189 | 2825 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 2826 */ |
| 2827 void | |
| 2828 changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2829 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2830 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */ | |
| 2831 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2832 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2833 { | |
| 265 | 2834 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra); |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2837 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff) | |
| 2838 { | |
| 2839 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't | |
| 2840 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for | |
| 2841 * displaying. */ | |
| 2842 win_T *wp; | |
| 2843 linenr_T wlnum; | |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 2846 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin) | |
| 2847 { | |
| 2848 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 2849 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp); | |
| 2850 if (wlnum > 0) | |
| 2851 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum, | |
| 2852 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L); | |
| 2853 } | |
| 2854 } | |
| 2855 #endif | |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra); | |
| 2858 } | |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 static void | |
| 2861 changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2862 buf_T *buf; | |
| 2863 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */ | |
| 2864 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */ | |
| 2865 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */ | |
| 2866 { | |
| 2867 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 7 | 2868 { |
| 2869 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2870 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top) |
| 2871 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2872 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 7 | 2873 { |
| 2874 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */ | |
| 265 | 2875 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra; |
| 2876 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum) | |
| 2877 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum; | |
| 7 | 2878 } |
| 265 | 2879 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot) |
| 2880 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2881 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra; | |
| 7 | 2882 } |
| 2883 else | |
| 2884 { | |
| 2885 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */ | |
| 265 | 2886 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE; |
| 2887 buf->b_mod_top = lnum; | |
| 2888 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra; | |
| 2889 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra; | |
| 2890 } | |
| 7 | 2891 } |
| 2892 | |
| 2189 | 2893 /* |
| 2894 * Common code for when a change is was made. | |
| 2895 * See changed_lines() for the arguments. | |
| 2896 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. | |
| 2897 */ | |
| 7 | 2898 static void |
| 2899 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra) | |
| 2900 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2901 colnr_T col; | |
| 2902 linenr_T lnume; | |
| 2903 long xtra; | |
| 2904 { | |
| 2905 win_T *wp; | |
| 1863 | 2906 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 2907 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 2908 #endif | |
| 7 | 2909 int i; |
| 2910 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2911 int cols; | |
| 2912 pos_T *p; | |
| 2913 int add; | |
| 2914 #endif | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 /* mark the buffer as modified */ | |
| 2917 changed(); | |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 /* set the '. mark */ | |
| 2920 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 2921 { | |
| 2922 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum; | |
| 2923 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col; | |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 #ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST | |
| 2926 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we | |
| 2927 * don't have an entry yet. */ | |
| 2928 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2929 { | |
| 2930 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0) | |
| 2931 add = TRUE; | |
| 2932 else | |
| 2933 { | |
| 2934 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same | |
| 2935 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids | |
| 2936 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */ | |
| 2937 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1]; | |
| 2938 if (p->lnum != lnum) | |
| 2939 add = TRUE; | |
| 2940 else | |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE); | |
| 2943 if (cols == 0) | |
| 2944 cols = 79; | |
| 2945 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col); | |
| 2946 } | |
| 2947 } | |
| 2948 if (add) | |
| 2949 { | |
| 2950 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes | |
| 2951 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new | |
| 2952 * position in the changelist. */ | |
| 2953 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE; | |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE) | |
| 2956 { | |
| 2957 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */ | |
| 2958 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1; | |
| 2959 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1, | |
| 2960 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1)); | |
| 1863 | 2961 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2962 { |
| 2963 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on | |
| 2964 * this buffer. */ | |
| 2965 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0) | |
| 2966 --wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 2967 } | |
| 2968 } | |
| 1863 | 2969 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2970 { |
| 2971 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is | |
| 2972 * at the end it stays at the end. */ | |
| 2973 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf | |
| 2974 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen) | |
| 2975 ++wp->w_changelistidx; | |
| 2976 } | |
| 2977 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 2978 } | |
| 2979 } | |
| 2980 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] = | |
| 2981 curbuf->b_last_change; | |
| 2982 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g," | |
| 2983 * takes you back to it. */ | |
| 2984 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen; | |
| 2985 #endif | |
| 2986 } | |
| 2987 | |
| 1863 | 2988 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 2989 { |
| 2990 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 2991 { | |
| 2992 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */ | |
| 2993 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID) | |
| 2994 wp->w_redr_type = VALID; | |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached | |
| 2997 * values for the cursor. */ | |
| 2998 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2999 /* | |
| 3000 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because | |
| 3001 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd". | |
| 3002 */ | |
| 3003 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1); | |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become | |
| 3006 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that | |
| 3007 * might be displayed differently. | |
| 3008 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when | |
| 3009 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */ | |
| 3010 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3011 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum) | |
| 3012 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3013 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL); | |
| 3014 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume) | |
| 3015 wp->w_cline_folded = i; | |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines, | |
| 3018 * compare with the first line in that range. */ | |
| 3019 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3020 { | |
| 3021 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum); | |
| 3022 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum) | |
| 3023 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3024 } | |
| 3025 #endif | |
| 3026 | |
| 3027 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum) | |
| 3028 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3029 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col) | |
| 3030 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp); | |
| 3031 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum) | |
| 3032 { | |
| 3033 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make | |
| 3034 * other lines scroll down below botline). */ | |
| 3035 approximate_botline_win(wp); | |
| 3036 } | |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid. | |
| 3039 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for | |
| 3040 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying | |
| 3041 * after the change. */ | |
| 3042 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 3043 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 3044 { | |
| 3045 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum) | |
| 3046 { | |
| 3047 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume) | |
| 3048 { | |
| 3049 /* line included in change */ | |
| 3050 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3051 } | |
| 3052 else if (xtra != 0) | |
| 3053 { | |
| 3054 /* line below change */ | |
| 3055 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra; | |
| 3056 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3057 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra; | |
| 3058 #endif | |
| 3059 } | |
| 3060 } | |
| 3061 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3062 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum) | |
| 3063 { | |
| 3064 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines, | |
| 3065 * may need to be redrawn */ | |
| 3066 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 3067 } | |
| 3068 #endif | |
| 3069 } | |
| 1987 | 3070 |
| 3071 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3072 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have | |
| 3073 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */ | |
| 3074 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 3075 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 3076 #endif | |
| 7 | 3077 } |
| 3078 } | |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn, | |
| 3081 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */ | |
| 3082 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3083 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 694 | 3084 |
| 3085 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3086 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */ | |
| 1010 | 3087 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 3088 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 694 | 3089 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0; |
| 3090 #endif | |
| 7 | 3091 } |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 /* | |
| 3094 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf' | |
| 3095 */ | |
| 3096 void | |
| 3097 unchanged(buf, ff) | |
| 3098 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3099 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */ | |
| 3100 { | |
| 2685 | 3101 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE))) |
| 7 | 3102 { |
| 3103 buf->b_changed = 0; | |
| 39 | 3104 ml_setflags(buf); |
| 7 | 3105 if (ff) |
| 3106 save_file_ff(buf); | |
| 3107 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3108 check_status(buf); | |
| 673 | 3109 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3110 #endif |
| 3111 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 3112 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */ | |
| 3113 #endif | |
| 3114 } | |
| 3115 ++buf->b_changedtick; | |
| 3116 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3117 netbeans_unmodified(buf); | |
| 3118 #endif | |
| 3119 } | |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 3122 /* | |
| 3123 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf' | |
| 3124 * need to be updated | |
| 3125 */ | |
| 3126 void | |
| 3127 check_status(buf) | |
| 3128 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3129 { | |
| 3130 win_T *wp; | |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 3133 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height) | |
| 3134 { | |
| 3135 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 3136 if (must_redraw < VALID) | |
| 3137 must_redraw = VALID; | |
| 3138 } | |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 #endif | |
| 3141 | |
| 3142 /* | |
| 3143 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change. | |
| 3144 * Don't do this for autocommands. | |
| 3145 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer. | |
| 548 | 3146 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn" |
| 7 | 3147 * will be TRUE. |
| 2189 | 3148 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer. |
| 7 | 3149 */ |
| 3150 void | |
| 3151 change_warning(col) | |
| 3152 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert | |
| 3153 mode and 'showmode' is on */ | |
| 3154 { | |
| 1848 | 3155 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file"); |
| 3156 | |
| 7 | 3157 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE |
| 3158 && curbufIsChanged() == 0 | |
| 3159 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 3160 && !autocmd_busy | |
| 3161 #endif | |
| 3162 && curbuf->b_p_ro) | |
| 3163 { | |
| 3164 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 819 | 3165 ++curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3166 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 819 | 3167 --curbuf_lock; |
| 7 | 3168 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro) |
| 3169 return; | |
| 3170 #endif | |
| 3171 /* | |
| 3172 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should | |
| 3173 * be after the mode message. | |
| 3174 */ | |
| 3175 msg_start(); | |
| 3176 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 3177 msg_col = col; | |
| 16 | 3178 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); |
| 1848 | 3179 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST); |
| 3180 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 3181 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1); | |
| 3182 #endif | |
| 7 | 3183 msg_clr_eos(); |
| 3184 (void)msg_end(); | |
| 3185 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode) | |
| 3186 { | |
| 3187 out_flush(); | |
| 3188 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */ | |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE; | |
| 3191 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */ | |
| 3192 if (msg_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 3193 showmode(); | |
| 3194 } | |
| 3195 } | |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 /* | |
| 3198 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'. | |
| 3199 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid | |
| 3200 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit. | |
| 3201 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters | |
| 3202 * from any buffers but directly from the user. | |
| 3203 * | |
| 3204 * return the 'y' or 'n' | |
| 3205 */ | |
| 3206 int | |
| 3207 ask_yesno(str, direct) | |
| 3208 char_u *str; | |
| 3209 int direct; | |
| 3210 { | |
| 3211 int r = ' '; | |
| 3212 int save_State = State; | |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */ | |
| 3215 settmode(TMODE_RAW); | |
| 3216 ++no_wait_return; | |
| 3217 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3218 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3219 #endif | |
| 3220 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */ | |
| 3221 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3222 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */ | |
| 3223 #endif | |
| 3224 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3225 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n') | |
| 3228 { | |
| 3229 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */ | |
| 3230 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str); | |
| 3231 if (direct) | |
| 3232 r = get_keystroke(); | |
| 3233 else | |
| 1474 | 3234 r = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 3235 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC) |
| 3236 r = 'n'; | |
| 3237 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */ | |
| 3238 out_flush(); | |
| 3239 } | |
| 3240 --no_wait_return; | |
| 3241 State = save_State; | |
| 3242 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3243 setmouse(); | |
| 3244 #endif | |
| 3245 --no_mapping; | |
| 3246 --allow_keys; | |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 return r; | |
| 3249 } | |
| 3250 | |
| 3251 /* | |
| 3252 * Get a key stroke directly from the user. | |
| 3253 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left | |
| 3254 * button (used at the more prompt). | |
| 3255 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters. | |
| 3256 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored. | |
| 3257 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC. | |
| 3258 */ | |
| 3259 int | |
| 3260 get_keystroke() | |
| 3261 { | |
| 3328 | 3262 char_u *buf = NULL; |
| 3263 int buflen = 150; | |
| 3264 int maxlen; | |
| 7 | 3265 int len = 0; |
| 3266 int n; | |
| 3267 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 964 | 3268 int waited = 0; |
| 7 | 3269 |
| 3270 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */ | |
| 3271 for (;;) | |
| 3272 { | |
| 3273 cursor_on(); | |
| 3274 out_flush(); | |
| 3275 | |
| 3328 | 3276 /* Leave some room for check_termcode() to insert a key code into (max |
| 3277 * 5 chars plus NUL). And fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of | |
| 3278 * bytes. */ | |
| 3279 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3280 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3281 buf = alloc(buflen); | |
| 3282 else if (maxlen < 10) | |
| 3283 { | |
| 3284 /* Need some more space. This migth happen when receiving a long | |
| 3285 * escape sequence. */ | |
| 3286 buflen += 100; | |
| 3287 buf = vim_realloc(buf, buflen); | |
| 3288 maxlen = (buflen - 6 - len) / 3; | |
| 3289 } | |
| 3290 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 3291 { | |
| 3292 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)buflen); | |
| 3293 return ESC; /* panic! */ | |
| 3294 } | |
| 3295 | |
| 7 | 3296 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a |
| 3328 | 3297 * terminal code to complete. */ |
| 3298 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, maxlen, len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0); | |
| 7 | 3299 if (n > 0) |
| 3300 { | |
| 3301 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */ | |
| 3302 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE); | |
| 3303 len += n; | |
| 964 | 3304 waited = 0; |
| 3305 } | |
| 3306 else if (len > 0) | |
| 3307 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */ | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */ | |
| 3328 | 3310 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, buflen, &len)) < 0 |
| 964 | 3311 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm))) |
| 7 | 3312 continue; |
| 964 | 3313 |
| 2672 | 3314 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */ |
| 2721 | 3315 { |
| 2723 | 3316 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0) |
| 2721 | 3317 { |
| 3318 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */ | |
| 3319 update_screen(0); | |
| 3320 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 3321 } | |
| 2672 | 3322 continue; |
| 2721 | 3323 } |
| 2672 | 3324 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */ |
| 7 | 3325 len = n; |
| 2672 | 3326 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */ |
| 7 | 3327 continue; |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */ | |
| 3330 n = buf[0]; | |
| 3331 if (n == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 3332 { | |
| 3333 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]); | |
| 3334 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER | |
| 3335 || n == K_IGNORE | |
| 3336 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 3337 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM | |
| 3338 || n == K_LEFTDRAG | |
| 3339 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE | |
| 3340 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM | |
| 3341 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE | |
| 3342 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG | |
| 3343 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE | |
| 3344 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE | |
| 3345 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG | |
| 3346 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE | |
| 3347 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN | |
| 3348 || n == K_MOUSEUP | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2387
diff
changeset
|
3349 || n == K_MOUSELEFT |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2387
diff
changeset
|
3350 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT |
| 7 | 3351 || n == K_X1MOUSE |
| 3352 || n == K_X1DRAG | |
| 3353 || n == K_X1RELEASE | |
| 3354 || n == K_X2MOUSE | |
| 3355 || n == K_X2DRAG | |
| 3356 || n == K_X2RELEASE | |
| 3357 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3358 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3359 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR | |
| 3360 # endif | |
| 3361 #endif | |
| 3362 ) | |
| 3363 { | |
| 3364 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER) | |
| 3365 mod_mask = buf[2]; | |
| 3366 len -= 3; | |
| 3367 if (len > 0) | |
| 3368 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len); | |
| 3369 continue; | |
| 3370 } | |
| 828 | 3371 break; |
| 7 | 3372 } |
| 3373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3374 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3375 { | |
| 3376 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len) | |
| 3377 continue; /* more bytes to get */ | |
| 3328 | 3378 buf[len >= buflen ? buflen - 1 : len] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3379 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf); |
| 3380 } | |
| 3381 #endif | |
| 3382 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3383 if (n == intr_char) | |
| 3384 n = ESC; | |
| 3385 #endif | |
| 3386 break; | |
| 3387 } | |
| 3328 | 3388 vim_free(buf); |
| 7 | 3389 |
| 3390 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c; | |
| 3391 return n; | |
| 3392 } | |
| 3393 | |
| 3394 /* | |
| 374 | 3395 * Get a number from the user. |
| 3396 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse. | |
| 7 | 3397 */ |
| 3398 int | |
| 374 | 3399 get_number(colon, mouse_used) |
| 3400 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */ | |
| 3401 int *mouse_used; | |
| 7 | 3402 { |
| 3403 int n = 0; | |
| 3404 int c; | |
| 810 | 3405 int typed = 0; |
| 7 | 3406 |
| 374 | 3407 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 3408 *mouse_used = FALSE; | |
| 3409 | |
| 7 | 3410 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a |
| 3411 * zero (as if CR was hit). */ | |
| 3412 if (msg_silent != 0) | |
| 3413 return 0; | |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 3416 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 3417 #endif | |
| 3418 ++no_mapping; | |
| 3419 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */ | |
| 3420 for (;;) | |
| 3421 { | |
| 3422 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
| 3423 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 3424 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 3425 { | |
| 3426 n = n * 10 + c - '0'; | |
| 3427 msg_putchar(c); | |
| 810 | 3428 ++typed; |
| 7 | 3429 } |
| 3430 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 3431 { | |
| 810 | 3432 if (typed > 0) |
| 3433 { | |
| 3434 MSG_PUTS("\b \b"); | |
| 3435 --typed; | |
| 3436 } | |
| 7 | 3437 n /= 10; |
| 3438 } | |
| 374 | 3439 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 3440 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 *mouse_used = TRUE; | |
| 3443 n = mouse_row + 1; | |
| 3444 break; | |
| 3445 } | |
| 3446 #endif | |
| 7 | 3447 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon) |
| 3448 { | |
| 3449 stuffcharReadbuff(':'); | |
| 3450 if (!exmode_active) | |
| 3451 cmdline_row = msg_row; | |
| 3452 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */ | |
| 3453 do_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 3454 break; | |
| 3455 } | |
| 3456 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC) | |
| 3457 break; | |
| 3458 } | |
| 3459 --no_mapping; | |
| 3460 --allow_keys; | |
| 3461 return n; | |
| 3462 } | |
| 3463 | |
| 323 | 3464 /* |
| 3465 * Ask the user to enter a number. | |
| 374 | 3466 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return |
| 3467 * the line number. | |
| 323 | 3468 */ |
| 3469 int | |
| 374 | 3470 prompt_for_number(mouse_used) |
| 3471 int *mouse_used; | |
| 323 | 3472 { |
| 3473 int i; | |
| 344 | 3474 int save_cmdline_row; |
| 3475 int save_State; | |
| 323 | 3476 |
| 3477 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */ | |
| 375 | 3478 if (mouse_used != NULL) |
| 1733 | 3479 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): ")); |
| 375 | 3480 else |
| 1733 | 3481 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): ")); |
| 344 | 3482 |
| 957 | 3483 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still |
| 3484 * get mouse events. */ | |
| 344 | 3485 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row; |
| 957 | 3486 cmdline_row = 0; |
| 344 | 3487 save_State = State; |
| 957 | 3488 State = CMDLINE; |
| 374 | 3489 |
| 3490 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used); | |
| 3491 if (KeyTyped) | |
| 3492 { | |
| 3493 /* don't call wait_return() now */ | |
| 3494 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */ | |
| 323 | 3495 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1; |
| 3496 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 3497 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 1938 | 3498 msg_didout = FALSE; |
| 323 | 3499 } |
| 344 | 3500 else |
| 3501 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row; | |
| 3502 State = save_State; | |
| 3503 | |
| 323 | 3504 return i; |
| 3505 } | |
| 3506 | |
| 7 | 3507 void |
| 3508 msgmore(n) | |
| 3509 long n; | |
| 3510 { | |
| 3511 long pn; | |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */ | |
| 3514 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */ | |
| 3515 return; | |
| 3516 | |
| 135 | 3517 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite |
| 3518 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and | |
| 3519 * then "put" reports the last action. */ | |
| 3520 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more) | |
| 3521 return; | |
| 3522 | |
| 7 | 3523 if (n > 0) |
| 3524 pn = n; | |
| 3525 else | |
| 3526 pn = -n; | |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 if (pn > p_report) | |
| 3529 { | |
| 3530 if (pn == 1) | |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3533 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"), |
| 3534 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3535 else |
| 2768 | 3536 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"), |
| 3537 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1); | |
| 7 | 3538 } |
| 3539 else | |
| 3540 { | |
| 3541 if (n > 0) | |
| 2768 | 3542 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3543 _("%ld more lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3544 else |
| 2768 | 3545 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN, |
| 3546 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn); | |
| 7 | 3547 } |
| 3548 if (got_int) | |
| 2768 | 3549 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN); |
| 7 | 3550 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
| 3551 { | |
| 680 | 3552 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
| 135 | 3553 keep_msg_more = TRUE; |
| 7 | 3554 } |
| 3555 } | |
| 3556 } | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 /* | |
| 3559 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error | |
| 3560 */ | |
| 3561 void | |
| 3562 beep_flush() | |
| 3563 { | |
| 3564 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3565 { | |
| 3566 flush_buffers(FALSE); | |
| 3567 vim_beep(); | |
| 3568 } | |
| 3569 } | |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 /* | |
| 3572 * give a warning for an error | |
| 3573 */ | |
| 3574 void | |
| 3575 vim_beep() | |
| 3576 { | |
| 3577 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 3578 { | |
| 3579 if (p_vb | |
| 3580 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3581 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI | |
| 3582 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */ | |
| 3583 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 3584 #endif | |
| 3585 ) | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 out_str(T_VB); | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 else | |
| 3590 { | |
| 3591 #ifdef MSDOS | |
| 3592 /* | |
| 3593 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait | |
| 3594 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems | |
| 3595 * where the beeps don't overlap. | |
| 3596 */ | |
| 3597 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10) | |
| 3598 { | |
| 3599 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3600 beep_count = 1; | |
| 3601 } | |
| 3602 else | |
| 3603 ++beep_count; | |
| 3604 #else | |
| 3605 out_char(BELL); | |
| 3606 #endif | |
| 3607 } | |
| 169 | 3608 |
| 3609 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a | |
| 3610 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */ | |
| 3611 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL) | |
| 3612 { | |
| 3613 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3614 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W)); | |
| 3615 } | |
| 7 | 3616 } |
| 3617 } | |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 /* | |
| 3620 * To get the "real" home directory: | |
| 3621 * - get value of $HOME | |
| 3622 * For Unix: | |
| 3623 * - go to that directory | |
| 3624 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory. | |
| 3625 * This also works with mounts and links. | |
| 3626 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive. | |
| 3627 */ | |
| 3628 static char_u *homedir = NULL; | |
| 3629 | |
| 3630 void | |
| 3631 init_homedir() | |
| 3632 { | |
| 3633 char_u *var; | |
| 3634 | |
| 170 | 3635 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */ |
| 3636 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3637 homedir = NULL; | |
| 3638 | |
| 7 | 3639 #ifdef VMS |
| 3640 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 3641 #else | |
| 3642 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 3643 #endif | |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */ | |
| 3646 var = NULL; | |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 3649 /* | |
| 3650 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another | |
| 3651 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set | |
| 3652 * when $HOME is being set. | |
| 3653 */ | |
| 3654 if (var != NULL && *var == '%') | |
| 3655 { | |
| 3656 char_u *p; | |
| 3657 char_u *exp; | |
| 3658 | |
| 3659 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%'); | |
| 3660 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3661 { | |
| 419 | 3662 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1)); |
| 7 | 3663 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff); |
| 3664 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL | |
| 3665 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL) | |
| 3666 { | |
| 274 | 3667 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1); |
| 7 | 3668 var = NameBuff; |
| 3669 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3670 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3671 } | |
| 3672 } | |
| 3673 } | |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 /* | |
| 3676 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has | |
| 3677 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT | |
| 3678 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for | |
| 3679 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these. | |
| 3680 */ | |
| 3681 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3682 { | |
| 3683 char_u *homedrive, *homepath; | |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE"); | |
| 3686 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH"); | |
|
2030
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3687 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL) |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3688 homepath = "\\"; |
|
66b1822ba176
updated for version 7.2.326
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2017
diff
changeset
|
3689 if (homedrive != NULL |
| 7 | 3690 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL) |
| 3691 { | |
| 3692 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath); | |
| 3693 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL) | |
| 3694 { | |
| 3695 var = NameBuff; | |
| 3696 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */ | |
| 3697 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff); | |
| 3698 } | |
| 3699 } | |
| 3700 } | |
| 170 | 3701 |
| 3702 # if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 3703 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL) | |
| 3704 { | |
| 3705 int len; | |
| 2786 | 3706 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 3707 |
| 3708 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 3709 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 3710 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 3711 if (pp != NULL) |
| 3712 { | |
| 3713 homedir = pp; | |
| 3714 return; | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 } | |
| 3717 # endif | |
| 7 | 3718 #endif |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 3721 /* | |
| 3722 * Default home dir is C:/ | |
| 3723 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation. | |
| 3724 */ | |
| 3725 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3726 var = "C:/"; | |
| 3727 #endif | |
| 3728 if (var != NULL) | |
| 3729 { | |
| 3730 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3731 /* | |
| 3732 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves | |
| 3733 * links. Don't do it when we can't return. | |
| 3734 */ | |
| 3735 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK | |
| 3736 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0) | |
| 3737 { | |
| 3738 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK) | |
| 3739 var = IObuff; | |
| 3740 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0) | |
| 3741 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir)); | |
| 3742 } | |
| 3743 #endif | |
| 3744 homedir = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3745 } | |
| 3746 } | |
| 3747 | |
| 359 | 3748 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 3749 void | |
| 3750 free_homedir() | |
| 3751 { | |
| 3752 vim_free(homedir); | |
| 3753 } | |
| 3754 #endif | |
| 3755 | |
| 7 | 3756 /* |
| 1408 | 3757 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string. |
| 3758 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed | |
| 3759 * again soon. | |
| 3760 */ | |
| 3761 char_u * | |
| 3762 expand_env_save(src) | |
| 3763 char_u *src; | |
| 3764 { | |
| 3765 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE); | |
| 3766 } | |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 /* | |
| 3769 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only | |
| 3770 * expand "~" at the start. | |
| 3771 */ | |
| 3772 char_u * | |
| 3773 expand_env_save_opt(src, one) | |
| 3774 char_u *src; | |
| 3775 int one; | |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 char_u *p; | |
| 3778 | |
| 3779 p = alloc(MAXPATHL); | |
| 3780 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3781 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL); | |
| 3782 return p; | |
| 3783 } | |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 /* | |
| 7 | 3786 * Expand environment variable with path name. |
| 3787 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded. | |
| 1408 | 3788 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though). |
| 7 | 3789 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src. |
| 3790 */ | |
| 3791 void | |
| 3792 expand_env(src, dst, dstlen) | |
| 3793 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ | |
| 3794 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 3795 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3796 { | |
| 1408 | 3797 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL); |
| 7 | 3798 } |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 void | |
| 1408 | 3801 expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr) |
| 374 | 3802 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */ |
| 7 | 3803 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ |
| 3804 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 3805 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */ | |
| 1408 | 3806 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */ |
| 374 | 3807 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */ |
| 3808 { | |
| 3809 char_u *src; | |
| 7 | 3810 char_u *tail; |
| 3811 int c; | |
| 3812 char_u *var; | |
| 3813 int copy_char; | |
| 3814 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */ | |
| 3815 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */ | |
| 374 | 3816 int startstr_len = 0; |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 if (startstr != NULL) | |
| 835 | 3819 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr); |
| 374 | 3820 |
| 3821 src = skipwhite(srcp); | |
| 7 | 3822 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */ |
| 3823 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 3824 { | |
| 3825 copy_char = TRUE; | |
| 22 | 3826 if ((*src == '$' |
| 3827 #ifdef VMS | |
| 3828 && at_start | |
| 3829 #endif | |
| 3830 ) | |
| 7 | 3831 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) |
| 3832 || *src == '%' | |
| 3833 #endif | |
| 3834 || (*src == '~' && at_start)) | |
| 3835 { | |
| 3836 mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 /* | |
| 3839 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may | |
| 3840 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended. | |
| 3841 */ | |
| 3842 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */ | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3845 var = dst; | |
| 3846 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 3849 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */ | |
| 3850 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{')) | |
| 3851 { | |
| 3852 tail++; /* ignore '{' */ | |
| 3853 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}') | |
| 3854 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3855 } | |
| 3856 else | |
| 3857 #endif | |
| 3858 { | |
| 3859 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail)) | |
| 3860 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 3861 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3862 #endif | |
| 3863 )) | |
| 3864 { | |
| 3865 #ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */ | |
| 3866 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail); | |
| 3867 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */ | |
| 3868 #else | |
| 3869 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3870 #endif | |
| 3871 } | |
| 3872 } | |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3875 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3876 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}') | |
| 3877 # else | |
| 3878 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%') | |
| 3879 # endif | |
| 3880 var = NULL; | |
| 3881 else | |
| 3882 { | |
| 3883 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3884 if (src[1] == '{') | |
| 3885 # else | |
| 3886 if (*src == '%') | |
| 3887 #endif | |
| 3888 ++tail; | |
| 3889 #endif | |
| 3890 *var = NUL; | |
| 3891 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree); | |
| 3892 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 3893 } | |
| 3894 #endif | |
| 3895 } | |
| 3896 /* home directory */ | |
| 3897 else if ( src[1] == NUL | |
| 3898 || vim_ispathsep(src[1]) | |
| 3899 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL) | |
| 3900 { | |
| 3901 var = homedir; | |
| 3902 tail = src + 1; | |
| 3903 } | |
| 3904 else /* user directory */ | |
| 3905 { | |
| 3906 #if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME)) | |
| 3907 /* | |
| 3908 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it. | |
| 3909 */ | |
| 3910 tail = src; | |
| 3911 var = dst; | |
| 3912 c = dstlen - 1; | |
| 3913 while ( c-- > 0 | |
| 3914 && *tail | |
| 3915 && vim_isfilec(*tail) | |
| 3916 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 3917 *var++ = *tail++; | |
| 3918 *var = NUL; | |
| 3919 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 3920 /* | |
| 3921 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it. | |
| 3922 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to | |
| 3923 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell | |
| 3924 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh). | |
| 3925 */ | |
| 3926 # if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H) | |
| 3927 { | |
| 3928 struct passwd *pw; | |
| 3929 | |
| 626 | 3930 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed. |
| 3931 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */ | |
| 7 | 3932 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1); |
| 3933 if (pw != NULL) | |
| 3934 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir; | |
| 3935 else | |
| 3936 var = NULL; | |
| 3937 } | |
| 3938 if (var == NULL) | |
| 3939 # endif | |
| 3940 { | |
| 3941 expand_T xpc; | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 ExpandInit(&xpc); | |
| 3944 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
| 3945 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL, | |
| 3946 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
| 3947 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3948 } | |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 # else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */ | |
| 3951 /* | |
| 3952 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of | |
| 3953 * directories to search for the user account in. | |
| 3954 */ | |
| 3955 { | |
| 3956 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 3957 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr; | |
| 3958 struct stat st; | |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME); | |
| 3961 next_path = paths; | |
| 3962 while (*next_path) | |
| 3963 { | |
| 3964 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ','; | |
| 3965 next_path++); | |
| 3966 if (*next_path) | |
| 3967 *next_path++ = NUL; | |
| 3968 STRCPY(test, path); | |
| 3969 STRCAT(test, "/"); | |
| 3970 STRCAT(test, dst + 1); | |
| 3971 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0) | |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1); | |
| 3974 STRCPY(var, test); | |
| 3975 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 3976 break; | |
| 3977 } | |
| 3978 } | |
| 3979 } | |
| 3980 # endif /* UNIX */ | |
| 3981 #else | |
| 3982 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */ | |
| 3983 var = NULL; | |
| 3984 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */ | |
| 3985 #endif /* UNIX || VMS */ | |
| 3986 } | |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 3989 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes. | |
| 3990 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */ | |
| 3991 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL) | |
| 3992 { | |
| 3993 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var); | |
| 3994 | |
| 3995 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3996 { | |
| 3997 if (mustfree) | |
| 3998 vim_free(var); | |
| 3999 var = p; | |
| 4000 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4001 forward_slash(var); | |
| 4002 } | |
| 4003 } | |
| 4004 #endif | |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash. | |
| 4007 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */ | |
| 4008 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL) | |
| 4009 { | |
| 4010 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t"); | |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4013 { | |
| 4014 if (mustfree) | |
| 4015 vim_free(var); | |
| 4016 var = p; | |
| 4017 mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4018 } | |
| 4019 } | |
| 4020 | |
| 4021 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL | |
| 4022 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen)) | |
| 4023 { | |
| 4024 STRCPY(dst, var); | |
| 4025 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var); | |
| 835 | 4026 c = (int)STRLEN(var); |
| 7 | 4027 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts |
| 4028 * with it, skip a character */ | |
| 39 | 4029 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c) |
| 7 | 4030 #if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA) |
| 4031 && dst[-1] != ':' | |
| 4032 #endif | |
| 4033 && vim_ispathsep(*tail)) | |
| 4034 ++tail; | |
| 39 | 4035 dst += c; |
| 7 | 4036 src = tail; |
| 4037 copy_char = FALSE; | |
| 4038 } | |
| 4039 if (mustfree) | |
| 4040 vim_free(var); | |
| 4041 } | |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */ | |
| 4044 { | |
| 4045 /* | |
| 1224 | 4046 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'. |
| 1408 | 4047 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in |
| 4048 * ":edit foo ~ foo". | |
| 7 | 4049 */ |
| 4050 at_start = FALSE; | |
| 4051 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL) | |
| 4052 { | |
| 4053 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4054 --dstlen; | |
| 4055 } | |
| 1408 | 4056 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one) |
| 7 | 4057 at_start = TRUE; |
| 4058 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4059 --dstlen; | |
| 374 | 4060 |
| 4061 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp | |
| 4062 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0) | |
| 4063 at_start = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4064 } |
| 4065 } | |
| 4066 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4067 } | |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 /* | |
| 4070 * Vim's version of getenv(). | |
| 4071 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME. | |
| 196 | 4072 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32. |
| 2786 | 4073 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be |
| 4074 * initialized to FALSE by the caller. | |
| 7 | 4075 */ |
| 4076 char_u * | |
| 4077 vim_getenv(name, mustfree) | |
| 4078 char_u *name; | |
| 2786 | 4079 int *mustfree; |
| 7 | 4080 { |
| 4081 char_u *p; | |
| 4082 char_u *pend; | |
| 4083 int vimruntime; | |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 #if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) | |
| 4086 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */ | |
| 4087 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0) | |
| 4088 return homedir; | |
| 4089 #endif | |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 p = mch_getenv(name); | |
| 4092 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4093 p = NULL; | |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 if (p != NULL) | |
| 170 | 4096 { |
| 4097 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4098 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4099 { | |
| 4100 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4101 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4102 |
| 4103 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are | |
| 4104 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4105 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4106 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4107 { | |
| 4108 p = pp; | |
| 4109 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4110 } | |
| 4111 } | |
| 4112 #endif | |
| 7 | 4113 return p; |
| 170 | 4114 } |
| 7 | 4115 |
| 4116 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0); | |
| 4117 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0) | |
| 4118 return NULL; | |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 /* | |
| 4121 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM. | |
| 4122 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty. | |
| 4123 */ | |
| 4124 if (vimruntime | |
| 4125 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4126 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL | |
| 4127 #endif | |
| 4128 ) | |
| 4129 { | |
| 4130 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 4131 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */ | |
| 4132 p = NULL; | |
| 4133 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4134 { | |
| 4135 p = vim_version_dir(p); | |
| 4136 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4137 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4138 else | |
| 4139 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM"); | |
| 170 | 4140 |
| 4141 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264) | |
| 4142 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4143 { | |
| 4144 int len; | |
| 2786 | 4145 char_u *pp = NULL; |
| 170 | 4146 |
| 4147 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions | |
| 4148 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII | |
| 4149 * characters. */ | |
| 835 | 4150 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len); |
| 170 | 4151 if (pp != NULL) |
| 4152 { | |
| 2786 | 4153 if (*mustfree) |
| 170 | 4154 vim_free(p); |
| 4155 p = pp; | |
| 4156 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4157 } | |
| 4158 } | |
| 4159 #endif | |
| 7 | 4160 } |
| 4161 } | |
| 4162 | |
| 4163 /* | |
| 4164 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using: | |
| 4165 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$') | |
| 4166 * - the executable name from argv[0] | |
| 4167 */ | |
| 4168 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4169 { | |
| 4170 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL) | |
| 4171 p = p_hf; | |
| 4172 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4173 /* | |
| 4174 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0]. | |
| 4175 */ | |
| 4176 else | |
| 4177 p = exe_name; | |
| 4178 #endif | |
| 4179 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4180 { | |
| 4181 /* remove the file name */ | |
| 4182 pend = gettail(p); | |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */ | |
| 4185 if (p == p_hf) | |
| 4186 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc"); | |
| 4187 | |
| 4188 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4189 # ifdef MACOS_X | |
| 768 | 4190 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */ |
| 7 | 4191 if (p == exe_name) |
| 4192 { | |
| 4193 char_u *pend1; | |
| 768 | 4194 char_u *pnew; |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS"); | |
| 4197 if (pend1 != pend) | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15); | |
| 4200 if (pnew != NULL) | |
| 4201 { | |
| 4202 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p)); | |
| 4203 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim"); | |
| 4204 p = pnew; | |
| 4205 pend = p + STRLEN(p); | |
| 4206 } | |
| 4207 } | |
| 7 | 4208 } |
| 4209 # endif | |
| 4210 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */ | |
| 4211 if (p == exe_name) | |
| 4212 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src"); | |
| 4213 #endif | |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */ | |
| 4216 if (!vimruntime) | |
| 4217 { | |
| 4218 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME); | |
| 4219 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT); | |
| 4220 } | |
| 4221 | |
| 4222 /* remove trailing path separator */ | |
| 4223 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC | |
| 4224 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */ | |
| 1532 | 4225 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */ |
| 39 | 4226 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend)) |
| 7 | 4227 --pend; |
| 4228 #endif | |
| 4229 | |
| 768 | 4230 #ifdef MACOS_X |
| 4231 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf) | |
| 4232 #endif | |
| 4233 /* check that the result is a directory name */ | |
| 4234 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p)); | |
| 7 | 4235 |
| 4236 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4237 { | |
| 4238 vim_free(p); | |
| 4239 p = NULL; | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 else | |
| 4242 { | |
| 4243 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 4244 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */ | |
| 4245 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL) | |
| 4246 { | |
| 4247 vim_free(p); | |
| 4248 p = pend; | |
| 4249 } | |
| 4250 #endif | |
| 4251 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4252 } | |
| 4253 } | |
| 4254 } | |
| 4255 | |
| 4256 #ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF | |
| 4257 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and | |
| 4258 * default_vimruntime_dir */ | |
| 4259 if (p == NULL) | |
| 4260 { | |
| 4261 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */ | |
| 4262 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL) | |
| 4263 { | |
| 4264 p = default_vimruntime_dir; | |
| 4265 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4266 } | |
| 4267 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL) | |
| 4268 { | |
| 4269 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL) | |
| 4270 *mustfree = TRUE; | |
| 4271 else | |
| 4272 { | |
| 4273 p = default_vim_dir; | |
| 4274 *mustfree = FALSE; | |
| 4275 } | |
| 4276 } | |
| 4277 } | |
| 4278 #endif | |
| 4279 | |
| 4280 /* | |
| 4281 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast | |
| 4282 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl). | |
| 4283 */ | |
| 4284 if (p != NULL) | |
| 4285 { | |
| 4286 if (vimruntime) | |
| 4287 { | |
| 4288 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p); | |
| 4289 didset_vimruntime = TRUE; | |
| 4290 } | |
| 4291 else | |
| 4292 { | |
| 4293 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p); | |
| 4294 didset_vim = TRUE; | |
| 4295 } | |
| 4296 } | |
| 4297 return p; | |
| 4298 } | |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 /* | |
| 4301 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists. | |
| 4302 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise. | |
| 4303 */ | |
| 4304 static char_u * | |
| 4305 vim_version_dir(vimdir) | |
| 4306 char_u *vimdir; | |
| 4307 { | |
| 4308 char_u *p; | |
| 4309 | |
| 4310 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL) | |
| 4311 return NULL; | |
| 4312 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE); | |
| 4313 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4314 return p; | |
| 4315 vim_free(p); | |
| 4316 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE); | |
| 4317 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p)) | |
| 4318 return p; | |
| 4319 vim_free(p); | |
| 4320 return NULL; | |
| 4321 } | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 /* | |
| 4324 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus | |
| 4325 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend". | |
| 4326 */ | |
| 4327 static char_u * | |
| 4328 remove_tail(p, pend, name) | |
| 4329 char_u *p; | |
| 4330 char_u *pend; | |
| 4331 char_u *name; | |
| 4332 { | |
| 4333 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1; | |
| 4334 char_u *newend = pend - len; | |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 if (newend >= p | |
| 4337 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0 | |
| 39 | 4338 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend))) |
| 7 | 4339 return newend; |
| 4340 return pend; | |
| 4341 } | |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 /* | |
| 4344 * Our portable version of setenv. | |
| 4345 */ | |
| 4346 void | |
| 4347 vim_setenv(name, val) | |
| 4348 char_u *name; | |
| 4349 char_u *val; | |
| 4350 { | |
| 4351 #ifdef HAVE_SETENV | |
| 4352 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1); | |
| 4353 #else | |
| 4354 char_u *envbuf; | |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 /* | |
| 4357 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain | |
| 4358 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed. | |
| 4359 */ | |
| 4360 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2)); | |
| 4361 if (envbuf != NULL) | |
| 4362 { | |
| 4363 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val); | |
| 4364 putenv((char *)envbuf); | |
| 4365 } | |
| 4366 #endif | |
| 3382 | 4367 #ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT |
| 4368 /* | |
| 4369 * When setting $VIMRUNTIME adjust the directory to find message | |
| 4370 * translations to $VIMRUNTIME/lang. | |
| 4371 */ | |
| 4372 if (*val != NUL && STRICMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0) | |
| 4373 { | |
| 4374 char_u *buf = concat_str(val, (char_u *)"/lang"); | |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4377 { | |
| 4378 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf); | |
| 4379 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4380 } | |
| 4381 } | |
| 4382 #endif | |
| 7 | 4383 } |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4386 /* | |
| 4387 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name. | |
| 4388 */ | |
| 4389 char_u * | |
| 4390 get_env_name(xp, idx) | |
| 1883 | 4391 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
| 7 | 4392 int idx; |
| 4393 { | |
| 4394 # if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) | |
| 4395 /* | |
| 4396 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW). | |
| 4397 */ | |
| 4398 return NULL; | |
| 4399 # else | |
| 4400 # ifndef __WIN32__ | |
| 4401 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */ | |
| 4402 extern char **environ; | |
| 4403 # endif | |
| 17 | 4404 # define ENVNAMELEN 100 |
| 4405 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN]; | |
| 7 | 4406 char_u *str; |
| 4407 int n; | |
| 4408 | |
| 4409 str = (char_u *)environ[idx]; | |
| 4410 if (str == NULL) | |
| 4411 return NULL; | |
| 4412 | |
| 17 | 4413 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n) |
| 7 | 4414 { |
| 4415 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL) | |
| 4416 break; | |
| 4417 name[n] = str[n]; | |
| 4418 } | |
| 4419 name[n] = NUL; | |
| 4420 return name; | |
| 4421 # endif | |
| 4422 } | |
| 4423 #endif | |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 /* | |
| 4426 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in | |
| 4427 * 'src'. | |
| 4428 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src. | |
| 4429 */ | |
| 4430 void | |
| 4431 home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one) | |
| 4432 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4433 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4434 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */ | |
| 4435 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */ | |
| 4436 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include | |
| 4437 spaces and commas in the file name. */ | |
| 4438 { | |
| 4439 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0; | |
| 4440 size_t len; | |
| 4441 char_u *homedir_env; | |
| 4442 char_u *p; | |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 if (src == NULL) | |
| 4445 { | |
| 4446 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4447 return; | |
| 4448 } | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 /* | |
| 4451 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely. | |
| 4452 */ | |
| 4453 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help) | |
| 4454 { | |
| 4455 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src)); | |
| 4456 return; | |
| 4457 } | |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 /* | |
| 4460 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the | |
| 4461 * "real" home directory. | |
| 4462 */ | |
| 4463 if (homedir != NULL) | |
| 4464 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir); | |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4467 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN"); | |
| 4468 #else | |
| 4469 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME"); | |
| 4470 #endif | |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL) | |
| 4473 homedir_env = NULL; | |
| 4474 if (homedir_env != NULL) | |
| 4475 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env); | |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 if (!one) | |
| 4478 src = skipwhite(src); | |
| 4479 while (*src && dstlen > 0) | |
| 4480 { | |
| 4481 /* | |
| 4482 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name. | |
| 4483 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches | |
| 4484 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/' | |
| 4485 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla", | |
| 4486 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up | |
| 4487 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user | |
| 4488 * er's home directory)). | |
| 4489 */ | |
| 4490 p = homedir; | |
| 4491 len = dirlen; | |
| 4492 for (;;) | |
| 4493 { | |
| 4494 if ( len | |
| 4495 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0 | |
| 4496 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len]) | |
| 4497 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' ')) | |
| 4498 || src[len] == NUL)) | |
| 4499 { | |
| 4500 src += len; | |
| 4501 if (--dstlen > 0) | |
| 4502 *dst++ = '~'; | |
| 4503 | |
| 4504 /* | |
| 4505 * If it's just the home directory, add "/". | |
| 4506 */ | |
| 4507 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4508 *dst++ = '/'; | |
| 4509 break; | |
| 4510 } | |
| 4511 if (p == homedir_env) | |
| 4512 break; | |
| 4513 p = homedir_env; | |
| 4514 len = envlen; | |
| 4515 } | |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */ | |
| 4518 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4519 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4520 /* skip separator */ | |
| 4521 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0) | |
| 4522 *dst++ = *src++; | |
| 4523 } | |
| 4524 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */ | |
| 4525 | |
| 4526 *dst = NUL; | |
| 4527 } | |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 /* | |
| 4530 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory. | |
| 4531 * When something fails, NULL is returned. | |
| 4532 */ | |
| 4533 char_u * | |
| 4534 home_replace_save(buf, src) | |
| 4535 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */ | |
| 4536 char_u *src; /* input file name */ | |
| 4537 { | |
| 4538 char_u *dst; | |
| 4539 unsigned len; | |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */ | |
| 4542 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 4543 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src); | |
| 4544 dst = alloc(len); | |
| 4545 if (dst != NULL) | |
| 4546 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE); | |
| 4547 return dst; | |
| 4548 } | |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 /* | |
| 4551 * Compare two file names and return: | |
| 4552 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file. | |
| 4553 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name. | |
| 4554 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files. | |
| 4555 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist. | |
| 4556 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist. | |
| 4557 * For the first name environment variables are expanded | |
| 4558 */ | |
| 4559 int | |
| 4560 fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname) | |
| 4561 char_u *s1, *s2; | |
| 4562 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */ | |
| 4563 { | |
| 4564 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4565 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4566 char_u full1[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4567 char_u full2[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 4568 struct stat st1, st2; | |
| 4569 int r1, r2; | |
| 4570 | |
| 4571 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4572 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1); | |
| 4573 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2); | |
| 4574 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0) | |
| 4575 { | |
| 4576 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */ | |
| 4577 if (checkname) | |
| 4578 { | |
| 4579 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4580 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4581 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4582 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4583 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0) | |
| 4584 return FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4585 } | |
| 4586 return FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4587 } | |
| 4588 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0) | |
| 4589 return FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4590 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino) | |
| 4591 return FPC_SAME; | |
| 4592 return FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4593 #else | |
| 4594 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */ | |
| 4595 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */ | |
| 4596 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */ | |
| 4597 int retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4598 int r1, r2; | |
| 4599 | |
| 4600 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */ | |
| 4601 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL) | |
| 4602 { | |
| 4603 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4604 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL; | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4607 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4608 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE); | |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */ | |
| 4611 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK) | |
| 4612 { | |
| 4613 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0) | |
| 4614 retval = FPC_SAMEX; | |
| 4615 else | |
| 4616 retval = FPC_NOTX; | |
| 4617 } | |
| 4618 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK) | |
| 4619 retval = FPC_DIFFX; | |
| 4620 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2)) | |
| 4621 retval = FPC_DIFF; | |
| 4622 else | |
| 4623 retval = FPC_SAME; | |
| 4624 vim_free(exp1); | |
| 4625 } | |
| 4626 return retval; | |
| 4627 #endif | |
| 4628 } | |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 /* | |
| 10 | 4631 * Get the tail of a path: the file name. |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4632 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it. |
| 10 | 4633 * Fail safe: never returns NULL. |
| 7 | 4634 */ |
| 4635 char_u * | |
| 4636 gettail(fname) | |
| 4637 char_u *fname; | |
| 4638 { | |
| 4639 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4642 return (char_u *)""; | |
| 4643 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */ | |
| 4644 { | |
| 4645 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2)) | |
| 4646 p1 = p2 + 1; | |
| 39 | 4647 mb_ptr_adv(p2); |
| 7 | 4648 } |
| 4649 return p1; | |
| 4650 } | |
| 4651 | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4652 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4653 static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname)); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4654 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4655 /* |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4656 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4657 * separator: |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4658 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file" |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4659 * ^ ^ ^ ^ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4660 */ |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4661 static char_u * |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4662 gettail_dir(fname) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4663 char_u *fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4664 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4665 char_u *dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4666 char_u *next_dir_end = fname; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4667 int look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4668 char_u *p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4669 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4670 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; ) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4671 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4672 if (vim_ispathsep(*p)) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4673 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4674 if (look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4675 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4676 next_dir_end = p; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4677 look_for_sep = FALSE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4678 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4679 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4680 else |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4681 { |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4682 if (!look_for_sep) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4683 dir_end = next_dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4684 look_for_sep = TRUE; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4685 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4686 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4687 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4688 return dir_end; |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4689 } |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4690 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
4691 |
| 7 | 4692 /* |
| 39 | 4693 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL |
| 4694 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//". | |
| 4695 * Always returns a valid pointer. | |
| 4696 */ | |
| 4697 char_u * | |
| 4698 gettail_sep(fname) | |
| 4699 char_u *fname; | |
| 4700 { | |
| 4701 char_u *p; | |
| 4702 char_u *t; | |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */ | |
| 4705 t = gettail(fname); | |
| 4706 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t)) | |
| 4707 --t; | |
| 4708 #ifdef VMS | |
| 4709 /* path separator is part of the path */ | |
| 4710 ++t; | |
| 4711 #endif | |
| 4712 return t; | |
| 4713 } | |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 /* | |
| 7 | 4716 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator). |
| 4717 */ | |
| 4718 char_u * | |
| 4719 getnextcomp(fname) | |
| 4720 char_u *fname; | |
| 4721 { | |
| 4722 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname)) | |
| 39 | 4723 mb_ptr_adv(fname); |
| 7 | 4724 if (*fname) |
| 4725 ++fname; | |
| 4726 return fname; | |
| 4727 } | |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 /* | |
| 4730 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name. | |
| 4731 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head. | |
| 4732 * If there is no head, path is returned. | |
| 4733 */ | |
| 4734 char_u * | |
| 4735 get_past_head(path) | |
| 4736 char_u *path; | |
| 4737 { | |
| 4738 char_u *retval; | |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 #if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) | |
| 4741 /* may skip "c:" */ | |
| 4742 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':') | |
| 4743 retval = path + 2; | |
| 4744 else | |
| 4745 retval = path; | |
| 4746 #else | |
| 4747 # if defined(AMIGA) | |
| 4748 /* may skip "label:" */ | |
| 4749 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':'); | |
| 4750 if (retval == NULL) | |
| 4751 retval = path; | |
| 4752 # else /* Unix */ | |
| 4753 retval = path; | |
| 4754 # endif | |
| 4755 #endif | |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval)) | |
| 4758 ++retval; | |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 return retval; | |
| 4761 } | |
| 4762 | |
| 4763 /* | |
| 4764 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator. | |
| 4765 */ | |
| 4766 int | |
| 4767 vim_ispathsep(c) | |
| 4768 int c; | |
| 4769 { | |
| 2823 | 4770 #ifdef UNIX |
| 7 | 4771 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */ |
| 2823 | 4772 #else |
| 4773 # ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 7 | 4774 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\'); |
| 2823 | 4775 # else |
| 4776 # ifdef VMS | |
| 7 | 4777 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */ |
| 4778 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/' | |
| 4779 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' ); | |
| 2823 | 4780 # else |
| 7 | 4781 return (c == ':' || c == '/'); |
| 2823 | 4782 # endif /* VMS */ |
| 7 | 4783 # endif |
| 2823 | 4784 #endif |
| 7 | 4785 } |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4788 /* | |
| 4789 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator. | |
| 4790 */ | |
| 4791 int | |
| 4792 vim_ispathlistsep(c) | |
| 4793 int c; | |
| 4794 { | |
| 4795 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 4796 return (c == ':'); | |
| 4797 #else | |
| 1224 | 4798 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */ |
| 7 | 4799 #endif |
| 4800 } | |
| 4801 #endif | |
| 4802 | |
| 819 | 4803 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \ |
| 4804 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4805 /* | |
| 4806 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname" | |
| 4807 * It's done in-place. | |
| 4808 */ | |
| 4809 void | |
| 4810 shorten_dir(str) | |
| 4811 char_u *str; | |
| 4812 { | |
| 4813 char_u *tail, *s, *d; | |
| 4814 int skip = FALSE; | |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 tail = gettail(str); | |
| 4817 d = str; | |
| 4818 for (s = str; ; ++s) | |
| 4819 { | |
| 4820 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */ | |
| 4821 { | |
| 4822 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4823 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 4824 break; | |
| 4825 } | |
| 4826 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */ | |
| 4827 { | |
| 4828 *d++ = *s; | |
| 4829 skip = FALSE; | |
| 4830 } | |
| 4831 else if (!skip) | |
| 4832 { | |
| 4833 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */ | |
| 4834 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */ | |
| 4835 skip = TRUE; | |
| 4836 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4837 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4838 { | |
| 4839 int l = mb_ptr2len(s); | |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 while (--l > 0) | |
| 927 | 4842 *d++ = *++s; |
| 819 | 4843 } |
| 4844 # endif | |
| 4845 } | |
| 4846 } | |
| 4847 } | |
| 4848 #endif | |
| 4849 | |
| 594 | 4850 /* |
| 4851 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise. | |
| 4852 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name. | |
| 4853 * "fname" must be writable!. | |
| 4854 */ | |
| 4855 int | |
| 4856 dir_of_file_exists(fname) | |
| 4857 char_u *fname; | |
| 4858 { | |
| 4859 char_u *p; | |
| 4860 int c; | |
| 4861 int retval; | |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 p = gettail_sep(fname); | |
| 4864 if (p == fname) | |
| 4865 return TRUE; | |
| 4866 c = *p; | |
| 4867 *p = NUL; | |
| 4868 retval = mch_isdir(fname); | |
| 4869 *p = c; | |
| 4870 return retval; | |
| 4871 } | |
| 4872 | |
| 7 | 4873 #if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \ |
| 4874 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4875 /* | |
| 4876 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally. | |
| 4877 */ | |
| 4878 int | |
| 4879 vim_fnamecmp(x, y) | |
| 4880 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4881 { | |
| 4882 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL); | |
| 4883 } | |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 int | |
| 4886 vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len) | |
| 4887 char_u *x, *y; | |
| 4888 size_t len; | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 while (len > 0 && *x && *y) | |
| 4891 { | |
| 4892 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y) | |
| 4893 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\') | |
| 4894 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/')) | |
| 4895 break; | |
| 4896 ++x; | |
| 4897 ++y; | |
| 4898 --len; | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 if (len == 0) | |
| 4901 return 0; | |
| 4902 return (*x - *y); | |
| 4903 } | |
| 4904 #endif | |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 /* | |
| 4907 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory. | |
| 1224 | 4908 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary. |
| 7 | 4909 */ |
| 4910 char_u * | |
| 4911 concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep) | |
| 4912 char_u *fname1; | |
| 4913 char_u *fname2; | |
| 4914 int sep; | |
| 4915 { | |
| 4916 char_u *dest; | |
| 4917 | |
| 4918 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3)); | |
| 4919 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 4920 { | |
| 4921 STRCPY(dest, fname1); | |
| 4922 if (sep) | |
| 4923 add_pathsep(dest); | |
| 4924 STRCAT(dest, fname2); | |
| 4925 } | |
| 4926 return dest; | |
| 4927 } | |
| 4928 | |
| 115 | 4929 /* |
| 4930 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory. | |
| 4931 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 4932 */ | |
| 4933 char_u * | |
| 4934 concat_str(str1, str2) | |
| 4935 char_u *str1; | |
| 4936 char_u *str2; | |
| 4937 { | |
| 4938 char_u *dest; | |
| 4939 size_t l = STRLEN(str1); | |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L)); | |
| 4942 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 4943 { | |
| 4944 STRCPY(dest, str1); | |
| 4945 STRCPY(dest + l, str2); | |
| 4946 } | |
| 4947 return dest; | |
| 4948 } | |
| 4949 | |
| 7 | 4950 /* |
| 4951 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path | |
| 4952 * separator. | |
| 4953 */ | |
| 4954 void | |
| 4955 add_pathsep(p) | |
| 4956 char_u *p; | |
| 4957 { | |
| 39 | 4958 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p))) |
| 7 | 4959 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR); |
| 4960 } | |
| 4961 | |
| 4962 /* | |
| 4963 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name. | |
| 4964 * Returns NULL when out of memory. | |
| 4965 */ | |
| 4966 char_u * | |
| 4967 FullName_save(fname, force) | |
| 4968 char_u *fname; | |
| 4969 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks | |
| 4970 like a full path name */ | |
| 4971 { | |
| 4972 char_u *buf; | |
| 4973 char_u *new_fname = NULL; | |
| 4974 | |
| 4975 if (fname == NULL) | |
| 4976 return NULL; | |
| 4977 | |
| 4978 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL); | |
| 4979 if (buf != NULL) | |
| 4980 { | |
| 4981 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL) | |
| 4982 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf); | |
| 4983 else | |
| 4984 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 4985 vim_free(buf); | |
| 4986 } | |
| 4987 return new_fname; | |
| 4988 } | |
| 4989 | |
| 4990 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) | |
| 4991 | |
| 4992 static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 4993 | |
| 4994 /* | |
| 4995 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now. | |
| 4996 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards. | |
| 4997 */ | |
| 4998 pos_T * | |
| 4999 find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5000 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5001 { | |
| 5002 pos_T *pos; | |
| 5003 char_u *line; | |
| 5004 char_u *p; | |
| 829 | 5005 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment; |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 for (;;) | |
| 5008 { | |
| 5009 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment); | |
| 5010 if (pos == NULL) | |
| 5011 break; | |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 /* | |
| 5014 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string. | |
| 5015 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again. | |
| 5016 */ | |
| 5017 line = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 1883 | 5018 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p) |
| 829 | 5019 p = skip_string(p); |
| 1883 | 5020 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col) |
| 829 | 5021 break; |
| 5022 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1; | |
| 5023 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0) | |
| 5024 { | |
| 5025 pos = NULL; | |
| 5026 break; | |
| 5027 } | |
| 5028 } | |
| 7 | 5029 return pos; |
| 5030 } | |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 /* | |
| 5033 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character. | |
| 5034 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified. | |
| 5035 */ | |
| 5036 static char_u * | |
| 5037 skip_string(p) | |
| 5038 char_u *p; | |
| 5039 { | |
| 5040 int i; | |
| 5041 | |
| 5042 /* | |
| 5043 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time". | |
| 5044 */ | |
| 5045 for ( ; ; ++p) | |
| 5046 { | |
| 5047 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5048 { | |
| 5049 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */ | |
| 5050 break; | |
| 5051 i = 2; | |
| 5052 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */ | |
| 5053 { | |
| 5054 ++i; | |
| 5055 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */ | |
| 5056 ++i; | |
| 5057 } | |
| 5058 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */ | |
| 5059 { | |
| 5060 p += i; | |
| 5061 continue; | |
| 5062 } | |
| 5063 } | |
| 5064 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */ | |
| 5065 { | |
| 5066 for (++p; p[0]; ++p) | |
| 5067 { | |
| 5068 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL) | |
| 5069 ++p; | |
| 5070 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */ | |
| 5071 break; | |
| 5072 } | |
| 5073 if (p[0] == '"') | |
| 5074 continue; | |
| 5075 } | |
| 5076 break; /* no string found */ | |
| 5077 } | |
| 5078 if (!*p) | |
| 5079 --p; /* backup from NUL */ | |
| 5080 return p; | |
| 5081 } | |
| 5082 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */ | |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 #if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 /* | |
| 5087 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line. | |
| 5088 */ | |
| 5089 void | |
| 5090 do_c_expr_indent() | |
| 5091 { | |
| 5092 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 5093 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 5094 fixthisline(get_expr_indent); | |
| 5095 else | |
| 5096 # endif | |
| 5097 fixthisline(get_c_indent); | |
| 5098 } | |
| 5099 | |
| 5100 /* | |
| 5101 * Functions for C-indenting. | |
| 5102 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer. | |
| 5103 */ | |
| 5104 /* | |
| 5105 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line. | |
| 5106 */ | |
| 5107 | |
| 5108 static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5109 static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5110 static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5111 static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **)); | |
| 5112 static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5113 static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l)); | |
| 5114 static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5115 static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 5116 static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void)); | |
| 5117 static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 5118 static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5119 static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump)); | |
| 5120 static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5121 static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5122 static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int)); | |
| 5123 static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3220 | 5124 static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T, linenr_T, int, int)); |
| 7 | 5125 static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 5126 static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5127 static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
| 5128 static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int)); | |
| 3461 | 5129 static int cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset __ARGS((char_u *line, int *poffset)); |
| 829 | 5130 static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); |
| 7 | 5131 static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 1336 | 5132 static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col)); |
| 828 | 5133 static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass)); |
| 7 | 5134 static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *)); |
| 5135 static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos)); | |
| 5136 static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int)); | |
| 5137 static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5138 static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos)); | |
| 5139 static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end)); | |
| 5140 static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment)); | |
| 2857 | 5141 static int cin_is_cpp_namespace __ARGS((char_u *)); |
| 7 | 5142 |
| 1096 | 5143 static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */ |
| 5144 | |
| 7 | 5145 /* |
| 5146 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line. | |
| 1096 | 5147 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired. |
| 7 | 5148 */ |
| 5149 static char_u * | |
| 5150 cin_skipcomment(s) | |
| 5151 char_u *s; | |
| 5152 { | |
| 5153 while (*s) | |
| 5154 { | |
| 1096 | 5155 char_u *prev_s = s; |
| 5156 | |
| 7 | 5157 s = skipwhite(s); |
| 1096 | 5158 |
| 5159 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space | |
| 5160 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */ | |
| 5161 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#') | |
| 5162 { | |
| 5163 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5164 break; | |
| 5165 } | |
| 7 | 5166 if (*s != '/') |
| 5167 break; | |
| 5168 ++s; | |
| 5169 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */ | |
| 5170 { | |
| 5171 s += STRLEN(s); | |
| 5172 break; | |
| 5173 } | |
| 5174 if (*s != '*') | |
| 5175 break; | |
| 5176 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */ | |
| 5177 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/') | |
| 5178 { | |
| 5179 s += 2; | |
| 5180 break; | |
| 5181 } | |
| 5182 } | |
| 5183 return s; | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 /* | |
| 2805 | 5187 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are |
| 7 | 5188 * not considered code. |
| 5189 */ | |
| 5190 static int | |
| 5191 cin_nocode(s) | |
| 5192 char_u *s; | |
| 5193 { | |
| 5194 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL; | |
| 5195 } | |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 /* | |
| 5198 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines. | |
| 5199 */ | |
| 5200 static pos_T * | |
| 5201 find_line_comment() /* XXX */ | |
| 5202 { | |
| 5203 static pos_T pos; | |
| 5204 char_u *line; | |
| 5205 char_u *p; | |
| 5206 | |
| 5207 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5208 while (--pos.lnum > 0) | |
| 5209 { | |
| 5210 line = ml_get(pos.lnum); | |
| 5211 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 5212 if (cin_islinecomment(p)) | |
| 5213 { | |
| 5214 pos.col = (int)(p - line); | |
| 5215 return &pos; | |
| 5216 } | |
| 5217 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 5218 break; | |
| 5219 } | |
| 5220 return NULL; | |
| 5221 } | |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 /* | |
| 5224 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true. | |
| 5225 */ | |
| 5226 static int | |
| 5227 cin_islabel_skip(s) | |
| 5228 char_u **s; | |
| 5229 { | |
| 5230 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */ | |
| 5231 return FALSE; | |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 while (vim_isIDc(**s)) | |
| 5234 (*s)++; | |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s); | |
| 5237 | |
| 5238 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */ | |
| 5239 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':'); | |
| 5240 } | |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 /* | |
| 5243 * Recognize a label: "label:". | |
| 5244 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label. | |
| 5245 */ | |
| 5246 int | |
| 5247 cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 5248 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5249 { | |
| 5250 char_u *s; | |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5253 | |
| 5254 /* | |
| 5255 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented | |
| 5256 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations. | |
| 5257 */ | |
| 5258 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5259 return FALSE; | |
| 5260 if (cin_isscopedecl(s)) | |
| 5261 return FALSE; | |
| 5262 | |
| 5263 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s)) | |
| 5264 { | |
| 5265 /* | |
| 5266 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case | |
| 5267 * label. | |
| 5268 */ | |
| 5269 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5270 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5271 char_u *line; | |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5274 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 5275 { | |
| 5276 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 /* | |
| 5279 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 5280 */ | |
| 5281 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5282 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 5283 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 5284 | |
| 5285 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5286 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */ | |
| 5287 continue; | |
| 5288 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL) | |
| 5289 continue; | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5292 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE) | |
| 5293 || cin_isscopedecl(line) | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5294 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE) |
| 7 | 5295 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line))) |
| 5296 return TRUE; | |
| 5297 return FALSE; | |
| 5298 } | |
| 5299 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5300 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */ | |
| 5301 } | |
| 5302 return FALSE; | |
| 5303 } | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 /* | |
| 5306 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations. | |
| 5307 * Q&D-Implementation: | |
| 5308 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line. | |
| 5309 */ | |
| 5310 static int | |
| 5311 cin_isinit(void) | |
| 5312 { | |
| 5313 char_u *s; | |
| 5314 | |
| 5315 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7])) | |
| 5318 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7); | |
| 5319 | |
| 3218 | 5320 if (STRNCMP(s, "static", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])) |
| 5321 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 5322 | |
| 7 | 5323 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) |
| 5324 return TRUE; | |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{")) | |
| 5327 return TRUE; | |
| 5328 | |
| 5329 return FALSE; | |
| 5330 } | |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 /* | |
| 5333 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:". | |
| 5334 */ | |
| 5335 int | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5336 cin_iscase(s, strict) |
| 7 | 5337 char_u *s; |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5338 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */ |
| 7 | 5339 { |
| 5340 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5341 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4])) | |
| 5342 { | |
| 5343 for (s += 4; *s; ++s) | |
| 5344 { | |
| 5345 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5346 if (*s == ':') | |
| 5347 { | |
| 5348 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5349 ++s; | |
| 5350 else | |
| 5351 return TRUE; | |
| 5352 } | |
| 5353 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5354 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */ |
| 7 | 5355 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/')) |
| 5356 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */ | |
| 5357 else if (*s == '"') | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5358 { |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5359 /* JS etc. */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5360 if (strict) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5361 return FALSE; /* stop at string */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5362 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5363 return TRUE; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5364 } |
| 7 | 5365 } |
| 5366 return FALSE; | |
| 5367 } | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 if (cin_isdefault(s)) | |
| 5370 return TRUE; | |
| 5371 return FALSE; | |
| 5372 } | |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 /* | |
| 5375 * Recognize a "default" switch label. | |
| 5376 */ | |
| 5377 static int | |
| 5378 cin_isdefault(s) | |
| 5379 char_u *s; | |
| 5380 { | |
| 5381 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0 | |
| 5382 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':' | |
| 5383 && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5384 } | |
| 5385 | |
| 5386 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
5387 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label. |
| 7 | 5388 */ |
| 5389 int | |
| 5390 cin_isscopedecl(s) | |
| 5391 char_u *s; | |
| 5392 { | |
| 5393 int i; | |
| 5394 | |
| 5395 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5396 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0) | |
| 5397 i = 6; | |
| 5398 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0) | |
| 5399 i = 9; | |
| 5400 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0) | |
| 5401 i = 7; | |
| 5402 else | |
| 5403 return FALSE; | |
| 5404 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':'); | |
| 5405 } | |
| 5406 | |
| 2857 | 5407 /* Maximum number of lines to search back for a "namespace" line. */ |
| 5408 #define FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM 20 | |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 /* | |
| 5411 * Recognize a "namespace" scope declaration. | |
| 5412 */ | |
| 5413 static int | |
| 5414 cin_is_cpp_namespace(s) | |
| 5415 char_u *s; | |
| 5416 { | |
| 5417 char_u *p; | |
| 5418 int has_name = FALSE; | |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5421 if (STRNCMP(s, "namespace", 9) == 0 && (s[9] == NUL || !vim_iswordc(s[9]))) | |
| 5422 { | |
| 5423 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(s + 9)); | |
| 5424 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5425 { | |
| 5426 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
| 5427 { | |
| 5428 has_name = TRUE; /* found end of a name */ | |
| 5429 p = cin_skipcomment(skipwhite(p)); | |
| 5430 } | |
| 5431 else if (*p == '{') | |
| 5432 { | |
| 5433 break; | |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 else if (vim_iswordc(*p)) | |
| 5436 { | |
| 5437 if (has_name) | |
| 5438 return FALSE; /* word character after skipping past name */ | |
| 5439 ++p; | |
| 5440 } | |
| 5441 else | |
| 5442 { | |
| 5443 return FALSE; | |
| 5444 } | |
| 5445 } | |
| 5446 return TRUE; | |
| 5447 } | |
| 5448 return FALSE; | |
| 5449 } | |
| 5450 | |
| 7 | 5451 /* |
| 5452 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'. | |
| 5453 * Return NULL if not found. | |
| 5454 * case 234: a = b; | |
| 5455 * ^ | |
| 5456 */ | |
| 5457 static char_u * | |
| 5458 after_label(l) | |
| 5459 char_u *l; | |
| 5460 { | |
| 5461 for ( ; *l; ++l) | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 if (*l == ':') | |
| 5464 { | |
| 5465 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */ | |
| 5466 ++l; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5467 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 5468 break; |
| 5469 } | |
| 5470 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'') | |
| 5471 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */ | |
| 5472 } | |
| 5473 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5474 return NULL; | |
| 5475 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1); | |
| 5476 if (*l == NUL) | |
| 5477 return NULL; | |
| 5478 return l; | |
| 5479 } | |
| 5480 | |
| 5481 /* | |
| 5482 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label. | |
| 5483 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label. | |
| 5484 */ | |
| 5485 static int | |
| 5486 get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */ | |
| 5487 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5488 { | |
| 5489 char_u *l; | |
| 5490 pos_T fp; | |
| 5491 colnr_T col; | |
| 5492 char_u *p; | |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 l = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5495 p = after_label(l); | |
| 5496 if (p == NULL) | |
| 5497 return 0; | |
| 5498 | |
| 5499 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l); | |
| 5500 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5501 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5502 return (int)col; | |
| 5503 } | |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 /* | |
| 5506 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label. | |
| 829 | 5507 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp". |
| 7 | 5508 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf) |
| 5509 * ^ | |
| 5510 */ | |
| 5511 static int | |
| 5512 skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5513 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5514 char_u **pp; | |
| 5515 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5516 { | |
| 5517 char_u *l; | |
| 5518 int amount; | |
| 5519 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5520 | |
| 5521 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5522 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5523 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5524 /* XXX */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5525 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
5526 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 5527 { |
| 5528 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum); | |
| 5529 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 5530 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */ | |
| 5531 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5532 } | |
| 5533 else | |
| 5534 { | |
| 5535 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 5536 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5537 } | |
| 5538 *pp = l; | |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5541 return amount; | |
| 5542 } | |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 /* | |
| 5545 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration. | |
| 5546 * int a, indent of "a" | |
| 5547 * static struct foo b, indent of "b" | |
| 5548 * enum bla c, indent of "c" | |
| 5549 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration. | |
| 5550 */ | |
| 5551 static int | |
| 5552 cin_first_id_amount() | |
| 5553 { | |
| 5554 char_u *line, *p, *s; | |
| 5555 int len; | |
| 5556 pos_T fp; | |
| 5557 colnr_T col; | |
| 5558 | |
| 5559 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5560 p = skipwhite(line); | |
| 835 | 5561 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5562 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0) |
| 5563 { | |
| 5564 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 856 | 5565 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p); |
| 7 | 5566 } |
| 5567 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0) | |
| 5568 p = skipwhite(p + 6); | |
| 5569 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0) | |
| 5570 p = skipwhite(p + 4); | |
| 5571 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0) | |
| 5572 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0)) | |
| 5573 { | |
| 5574 s = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5575 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3])) | |
| 5576 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])) | |
| 5577 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5])) | |
| 5578 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))) | |
| 5579 p = s; | |
| 5580 } | |
| 5581 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len) | |
| 5582 ; | |
| 5583 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p)) | |
| 5584 return 0; | |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 p = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 5587 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 5588 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line); | |
| 5589 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5590 return (int)col; | |
| 5591 } | |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 /* | |
| 5594 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign. | |
| 5595 * char *foo = "here"; | |
| 5596 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found. | |
| 5597 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash. | |
| 5598 * foo = "asdf\ | |
| 5599 * asdf\ | |
| 5600 * here"; | |
| 5601 */ | |
| 5602 static int | |
| 5603 cin_get_equal_amount(lnum) | |
| 5604 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5605 { | |
| 5606 char_u *line; | |
| 5607 char_u *s; | |
| 5608 colnr_T col; | |
| 5609 pos_T fp; | |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 if (lnum > 1) | |
| 5612 { | |
| 5613 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); | |
| 5614 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 5615 return -1; | |
| 5616 } | |
| 5617 | |
| 5618 line = s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5619 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL) | |
| 5620 { | |
| 5621 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5622 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5623 else | |
| 5624 ++s; | |
| 5625 } | |
| 5626 if (*s != '=') | |
| 5627 return 0; | |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 s = skipwhite(s + 1); | |
| 5630 if (cin_nocode(s)) | |
| 5631 return 0; | |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */ | |
| 5634 ++s; | |
| 5635 | |
| 5636 fp.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5637 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line); | |
| 5638 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 5639 return (int)col; | |
| 5640 } | |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 /* | |
| 5643 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'. | |
| 5644 */ | |
| 5645 static int | |
| 5646 cin_ispreproc(s) | |
| 5647 char_u *s; | |
| 5648 { | |
| 2776 | 5649 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#') |
| 7 | 5650 return TRUE; |
| 5651 return FALSE; | |
| 5652 } | |
| 5653 | |
| 5654 /* | |
| 5655 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a | |
| 5656 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the | |
| 5657 * start and return the line in "*pp". | |
| 5658 */ | |
| 5659 static int | |
| 5660 cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump) | |
| 5661 char_u **pp; | |
| 5662 linenr_T *lnump; | |
| 5663 { | |
| 5664 char_u *line = *pp; | |
| 5665 linenr_T lnum = *lnump; | |
| 5666 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5667 | |
| 408 | 5668 for (;;) |
| 7 | 5669 { |
| 5670 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) | |
| 5671 { | |
| 5672 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5673 *lnump = lnum; | |
| 5674 break; | |
| 5675 } | |
| 5676 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 5677 break; | |
| 5678 line = ml_get(--lnum); | |
| 5679 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5680 break; | |
| 5681 } | |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 if (lnum != *lnump) | |
| 5684 *pp = ml_get(*lnump); | |
| 5685 return retval; | |
| 5686 } | |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 /* | |
| 5689 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment. | |
| 5690 */ | |
| 5691 static int | |
| 5692 cin_iscomment(p) | |
| 5693 char_u *p; | |
| 5694 { | |
| 5695 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/')); | |
| 5696 } | |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 /* | |
| 5699 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment. | |
| 5700 */ | |
| 5701 static int | |
| 5702 cin_islinecomment(p) | |
| 5703 char_u *p; | |
| 5704 { | |
| 5705 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/'); | |
| 5706 } | |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 /* | |
| 2805 | 5709 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or |
| 5710 * '}'. | |
| 7 | 5711 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line. |
| 2843 | 5712 * If a line begins with an "else", only consider it terminated if no unmatched |
| 5713 * opening braces follow (handle "else { foo();" correctly). | |
| 7 | 5714 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if |
| 5715 * both apply in order to determine initializations). | |
| 5716 */ | |
| 5717 static int | |
| 5718 cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma) | |
| 5719 char_u *s; | |
| 5720 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */ | |
| 5721 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */ | |
| 5722 { | |
| 2843 | 5723 char_u found_start = 0; |
| 5724 unsigned n_open = 0; | |
| 5725 int is_else = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 5726 |
| 5727 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s))) | |
| 5730 found_start = *s; | |
| 5731 | |
| 2843 | 5732 if (!found_start) |
| 5733 is_else = cin_iselse(s); | |
| 5734 | |
| 7 | 5735 while (*s) |
| 5736 { | |
| 5737 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */ | |
| 5738 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s)); | |
| 2805 | 5739 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0) |
| 5740 --n_open; | |
| 2843 | 5741 if ((!is_else || n_open == 0) |
| 2805 | 5742 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ',')) |
| 7 | 5743 && cin_nocode(s + 1)) |
| 5744 return *s; | |
| 2805 | 5745 else if (*s == '{') |
| 5746 { | |
| 5747 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5748 return *s; | |
| 5749 else | |
| 5750 ++n_open; | |
| 5751 } | |
| 7 | 5752 |
| 5753 if (*s) | |
| 5754 s++; | |
| 5755 } | |
| 5756 return found_start; | |
| 5757 } | |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 /* | |
| 5760 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to | |
| 5761 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and | |
| 5762 * no semicolons anywhere. | |
| 5763 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5764 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must | |
| 5765 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here. | |
| 5766 * "lnum" is where we start looking. | |
| 3220 | 5767 * "min_lnum" is the line before which we will not be looking. |
| 7 | 5768 */ |
| 5769 static int | |
| 3220 | 5770 cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum, min_lnum, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) |
| 7 | 5771 char_u **sp; |
| 5772 linenr_T first_lnum; | |
| 3220 | 5773 linenr_T min_lnum; |
| 5774 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5775 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 7 | 5776 { |
| 5777 char_u *s; | |
| 5778 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum; | |
| 5779 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 3220 | 5780 pos_T *trypos; |
| 5781 int just_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 5782 |
| 5783 if (sp == NULL) | |
| 5784 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5785 else | |
| 5786 s = *sp; | |
| 5787 | |
| 3220 | 5788 if (find_last_paren(s, '(', ')') |
| 5789 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 5790 { | |
| 5791 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 5792 if (lnum < min_lnum) | |
| 5793 return FALSE; | |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5796 } | |
| 5797 | |
| 2776 | 5798 /* Ignore line starting with #. */ |
| 5799 if (cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5800 return FALSE; | |
| 5801 | |
| 7 | 5802 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') |
| 5803 { | |
| 5804 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5805 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5806 else | |
| 5807 ++s; | |
| 5808 } | |
| 5809 if (*s != '(') | |
| 5810 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */ | |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"') | |
| 5813 { | |
| 5814 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 5815 { | |
| 5816 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match | |
| 5817 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash: | |
| 5818 * #if defined(x) && \ | |
| 5819 * defined(y) | |
| 5820 */ | |
| 5821 lnum = first_lnum - 1; | |
| 5822 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 5823 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 5824 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5825 goto done; | |
| 5826 } | |
| 2776 | 5827 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s)) |
| 5828 { | |
| 5829 int comma = (*s == ','); | |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line. | |
| 5832 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style: | |
| 5833 * func(arg1 | |
| 5834 * , arg2) */ | |
| 5835 for (;;) | |
| 5836 { | |
| 5837 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 5838 break; | |
| 5839 s = ml_get(++lnum); | |
| 5840 if (!cin_ispreproc(s)) | |
| 5841 break; | |
| 5842 } | |
| 7 | 5843 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
| 5844 break; | |
| 2776 | 5845 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the |
| 5846 * start of next line. */ | |
| 5847 s = skipwhite(s); | |
| 3220 | 5848 if (!just_started && (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')) |
| 2776 | 5849 break; |
| 3220 | 5850 just_started = FALSE; |
| 7 | 5851 } |
| 5852 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */ | |
| 5853 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 5854 else | |
| 3220 | 5855 { |
| 7 | 5856 ++s; |
| 3220 | 5857 just_started = FALSE; |
| 5858 } | |
| 7 | 5859 } |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 done: | |
| 5862 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL) | |
| 5863 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum); | |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 return retval; | |
| 5866 } | |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 static int | |
| 5869 cin_isif(p) | |
| 5870 char_u *p; | |
| 5871 { | |
| 5872 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5873 } | |
| 5874 | |
| 5875 static int | |
| 5876 cin_iselse(p) | |
| 5877 char_u *p; | |
| 5878 { | |
| 5879 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */ | |
| 5880 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5881 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4])); | |
| 5882 } | |
| 5883 | |
| 5884 static int | |
| 5885 cin_isdo(p) | |
| 5886 char_u *p; | |
| 5887 { | |
| 5888 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2])); | |
| 5889 } | |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 /* | |
| 5892 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do". | |
| 5893 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the | |
| 5894 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines. | |
| 5895 */ | |
| 5896 static int | |
| 5897 cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */ | |
| 5898 char_u *p; | |
| 5899 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 5900 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5901 { | |
| 5902 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 5903 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5904 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 5907 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 5908 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1); | |
| 5909 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])) | |
| 5910 { | |
| 5911 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5912 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 5913 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 5914 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5915 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */ | |
| 5916 { | |
| 5917 ++p; | |
| 5918 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5919 } | |
| 5920 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL | |
| 5921 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';') | |
| 5922 retval = TRUE; | |
| 5923 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 5924 } | |
| 5925 return retval; | |
| 5926 } | |
| 5927 | |
| 829 | 5928 /* |
| 3461 | 5929 * Check whether in "p" there is an "if", "for" or "while" before "*poffset". |
| 3454 | 5930 * Return 0 if there is none. |
| 5931 * Otherwise return !0 and update "*poffset" to point to the place where the | |
| 5932 * string was found. | |
| 5933 */ | |
| 5934 static int | |
| 3461 | 5935 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, poffset) |
| 3454 | 5936 char_u *line; |
| 5937 int *poffset; | |
| 5938 { | |
| 3461 | 5939 int offset = *poffset; |
| 3454 | 5940 |
| 5941 if (offset-- < 2) | |
| 5942 return 0; | |
| 5943 while (offset > 2 && vim_iswhite(line[offset])) | |
| 5944 --offset; | |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 offset -= 1; | |
| 5947 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "if", 2)) | |
| 5948 goto probablyFound; | |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 if (offset >= 1) | |
| 5951 { | |
| 5952 offset -= 1; | |
| 5953 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "for", 3)) | |
| 5954 goto probablyFound; | |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 if (offset >= 2) | |
| 5957 { | |
| 5958 offset -= 2; | |
| 5959 if (!STRNCMP(line + offset, "while", 5)) | |
| 5960 goto probablyFound; | |
| 5961 } | |
| 5962 } | |
| 5963 return 0; | |
| 3461 | 5964 |
| 3454 | 5965 probablyFound: |
| 5966 if (!offset || !vim_isIDc(line[offset - 1])) | |
| 5967 { | |
| 5968 *poffset = offset; | |
| 5969 return 1; | |
| 5970 } | |
| 5971 return 0; | |
| 5972 } | |
| 5973 | |
| 5974 /* | |
| 829 | 5975 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while. |
| 5976 * do | |
| 5977 * nothing; | |
| 5978 * while (foo | |
| 856 | 5979 * && bar); <-- here |
| 829 | 5980 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while". |
| 5981 */ | |
| 5982 static int | |
| 5983 cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 5984 int terminated; | |
| 5985 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 5986 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 5987 { | |
| 5988 char_u *line; | |
| 5989 char_u *p; | |
| 5990 char_u *s; | |
| 5991 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 5992 int i; | |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */ | |
| 5995 return FALSE; | |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 p = line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 5998 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 5999 { | |
| 6000 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6001 if (*p == ')') | |
| 6002 { | |
| 6003 s = skipwhite(p + 1); | |
| 6004 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6005 { | |
| 6006 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while" | |
| 6007 * before the matching '('. XXX */ | |
| 835 | 6008 i = (int)(p - line); |
| 829 | 6009 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; |
| 6010 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 6011 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6012 { | |
| 6013 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum)); | |
| 6014 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */ | |
| 6015 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6016 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6017 { | |
| 6018 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 6019 return TRUE; | |
| 6020 } | |
| 6021 } | |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */ | |
| 6024 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6025 p = line + i; | |
| 6026 } | |
| 6027 } | |
| 6028 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6029 ++p; | |
| 6030 } | |
| 6031 return FALSE; | |
| 6032 } | |
| 6033 | |
| 7 | 6034 static int |
| 6035 cin_isbreak(p) | |
| 6036 char_u *p; | |
| 6037 { | |
| 6038 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5])); | |
| 6039 } | |
| 6040 | |
| 828 | 6041 /* |
| 6042 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or | |
| 7 | 6043 * constructor-initialization. eg: |
| 6044 * | |
| 6045 * class MyClass : | |
| 6046 * baseClass <-- here | |
| 6047 * class MyClass : public baseClass, | |
| 6048 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??) | |
| 6049 * MyClass::MyClass(...) : | |
| 6050 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization) | |
| 827 | 6051 * |
| 6052 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo". | |
| 7 | 6053 */ |
| 6054 static int | |
| 1336 | 6055 cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col) |
| 828 | 6056 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */ |
| 7 | 6057 { |
| 6058 char_u *s; | |
| 6059 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class; | |
| 828 | 6060 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 1336 | 6061 char_u *line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7 | 6062 |
| 6063 *col = 0; | |
| 6064 | |
| 17 | 6065 s = skipwhite(line); |
| 6066 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */ | |
| 6067 return FALSE; | |
| 6068 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 7 | 6069 if (*s == NUL) |
| 6070 return FALSE; | |
| 6071 | |
| 6072 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6073 | |
| 828 | 6074 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing |
| 6075 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations: | |
| 6076 * a = cond ? | |
| 6077 * func() : | |
| 856 | 6078 * asdf; |
| 828 | 6079 * func::foo() |
| 6080 * : something | |
| 6081 * {} | |
| 6082 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two) | |
| 6083 * : something(4), | |
| 6084 * somethingelse(3) | |
| 6085 * {} | |
| 6086 */ | |
| 6087 while (lnum > 1) | |
| 6088 { | |
| 1336 | 6089 line = ml_get(lnum - 1); |
| 6090 s = skipwhite(line); | |
| 828 | 6091 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL) |
| 6092 break; | |
| 6093 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 6094 { | |
| 6095 s = cin_skipcomment(s); | |
| 6096 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}' | |
| 6097 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))) | |
| 6098 break; | |
| 6099 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6100 ++s; | |
| 6101 } | |
| 6102 if (*s != NUL) | |
| 6103 break; | |
| 6104 --lnum; | |
| 6105 } | |
| 6106 | |
| 1336 | 6107 line = ml_get(lnum); |
| 6108 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 828 | 6109 for (;;) |
| 6110 { | |
| 6111 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6112 { | |
| 6113 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6114 break; | |
| 6115 /* Continue in the cursor line. */ | |
| 1336 | 6116 line = ml_get(++lnum); |
| 6117 s = cin_skipcomment(line); | |
| 6118 if (*s == NUL) | |
| 6119 continue; | |
| 828 | 6120 } |
| 6121 | |
| 2807 | 6122 if (s[0] == '"') |
| 6123 s = skip_string(s) + 1; | |
| 6124 else if (s[0] == ':') | |
| 7 | 6125 { |
| 6126 if (s[1] == ':') | |
| 6127 { | |
| 6128 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor | |
| 6129 * initialization any more */ | |
| 6130 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6131 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2); | |
| 6132 } | |
| 6133 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct) | |
| 6134 { | |
| 6135 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of | |
| 1532 | 6136 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */ |
| 7 | 6137 cpp_base_class = TRUE; |
| 6138 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6139 *col = 0; | |
| 6140 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6141 } | |
| 6142 else | |
| 6143 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); | |
| 6144 } | |
| 6145 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5])) | |
| 6146 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6]))) | |
| 6147 { | |
| 6148 class_or_struct = TRUE; | |
| 6149 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 if (*s == 'c') | |
| 6152 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5); | |
| 6153 else | |
| 6154 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6); | |
| 6155 } | |
| 6156 else | |
| 6157 { | |
| 6158 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';') | |
| 6159 { | |
| 6160 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6161 } | |
| 6162 else if (s[0] == ')') | |
| 6163 { | |
| 6164 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across | |
| 6165 * something like "):" */ | |
| 6166 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6167 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE; | |
| 6168 } | |
| 827 | 6169 else if (s[0] == '?') |
| 6170 { | |
| 6171 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */ | |
| 6172 return FALSE; | |
| 6173 } | |
| 7 | 6174 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0])) |
| 6175 { | |
| 6176 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */ | |
| 6177 class_or_struct = FALSE; | |
| 6178 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6179 } | |
| 6180 else if (*col == 0) | |
| 6181 { | |
| 6182 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */ | |
| 6183 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE; | |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */ | |
| 828 | 6186 if (cpp_base_class) |
| 7 | 6187 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line); |
| 6188 } | |
| 6189 | |
| 828 | 6190 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */ |
| 6191 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) | |
| 6192 *col = 0; | |
| 6193 | |
| 7 | 6194 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1); |
| 6195 } | |
| 6196 } | |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 return cpp_base_class; | |
| 6199 } | |
| 6200 | |
| 828 | 6201 static int |
| 6202 get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6203 int col; | |
| 6204 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6205 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6206 int ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6207 { | |
| 6208 int amount; | |
| 6209 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 6210 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6211 | |
| 6212 if (col == 0) | |
| 6213 { | |
| 6214 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 6215 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')') | |
| 6216 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 6217 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6218 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6219 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL)) | |
| 6220 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6221 } | |
| 6222 else | |
| 6223 { | |
| 6224 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6225 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6226 amount = (int)vcol; | |
| 6227 } | |
| 6228 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 6229 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass; | |
| 6230 return amount; | |
| 6231 } | |
| 6232 | |
| 7 | 6233 /* |
| 6234 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by | |
| 6235 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments. | |
| 6236 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL. | |
| 6237 */ | |
| 6238 static int | |
| 6239 cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore) | |
| 6240 char_u *s; | |
| 6241 char_u *find; | |
| 6242 char_u *ignore; | |
| 6243 { | |
| 6244 char_u *p = s; | |
| 6245 char_u *r; | |
| 6246 int len = (int)STRLEN(find); | |
| 6247 | |
| 6248 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6249 { | |
| 6250 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6251 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0) | |
| 6252 { | |
| 6253 r = skipwhite(p + len); | |
| 6254 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0) | |
| 6255 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore)); | |
| 6256 if (cin_nocode(r)) | |
| 6257 return TRUE; | |
| 6258 } | |
| 6259 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 6260 ++p; | |
| 6261 } | |
| 6262 return FALSE; | |
| 6263 } | |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 /* | |
| 6266 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos". | |
| 6267 * Return the column found. | |
| 6268 */ | |
| 6269 static int | |
| 6270 cin_skip2pos(trypos) | |
| 6271 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6272 { | |
| 6273 char_u *line; | |
| 6274 char_u *p; | |
| 6275 | |
| 6276 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6277 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col) | |
| 6278 { | |
| 6279 if (cin_iscomment(p)) | |
| 6280 p = cin_skipcomment(p); | |
| 6281 else | |
| 6282 { | |
| 6283 p = skip_string(p); | |
| 6284 ++p; | |
| 6285 } | |
| 6286 } | |
| 6287 return (int)(p - line); | |
| 6288 } | |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 /* | |
| 6291 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in. | |
| 6292 * Return NULL if no match found. | |
| 6293 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines | |
| 6294 * work. */ | |
| 6295 /* foo() */ | |
| 6296 /* { */ | |
| 6297 /* } */ | |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 static pos_T * | |
| 6300 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6301 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6302 { | |
| 6303 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6304 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6305 pos_T *pos; | |
| 6306 static pos_T pos_copy; | |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6309 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL) | |
| 6310 { | |
| 6311 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6312 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6313 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6314 pos = NULL; | |
| 829 | 6315 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */ |
| 7 | 6316 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col |
| 6317 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6318 break; | |
| 6319 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 6320 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 6321 } | |
| 6322 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6323 return trypos; | |
| 6324 } | |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 /* | |
| 6327 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment. | |
| 3454 | 6328 * Return NULL if no match found. |
| 7 | 6329 */ |
| 6330 static pos_T * | |
| 6331 find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */ | |
| 6332 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6333 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 6334 { | |
| 6335 pos_T cursor_save; | |
| 6336 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 829 | 6337 static pos_T pos_copy; |
| 7 | 6338 |
| 6339 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6340 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL) | |
| 6341 { | |
| 6342 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */ | |
| 6343 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col) | |
| 6344 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6345 else | |
| 6346 { | |
| 6347 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */ | |
| 6348 trypos = &pos_copy; | |
| 6349 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; | |
| 6350 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6351 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6352 } | |
| 6353 } | |
| 6354 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 6355 return trypos; | |
| 6356 } | |
| 6357 | |
| 6358 /* | |
| 6359 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the | |
| 6360 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a | |
| 6361 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of | |
| 6362 * looking a few lines further. | |
| 6363 */ | |
| 6364 static int | |
| 6365 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos) | |
| 6366 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 6367 pos_T *startpos; | |
| 6368 { | |
| 6369 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2) | |
| 6372 return ind_maxparen - (int)n; | |
| 6373 return ind_maxparen; | |
| 6374 } | |
| 6375 | |
| 6376 /* | |
| 6377 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in | |
| 3172 | 6378 * line "l". "l" must point to the start of the line. |
| 7 | 6379 */ |
| 6380 static int | |
| 6381 find_last_paren(l, start, end) | |
| 6382 char_u *l; | |
| 6383 int start, end; | |
| 6384 { | |
| 6385 int i; | |
| 6386 int retval = FALSE; | |
| 6387 int open_count = 0; | |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */ | |
| 6390 | |
| 3172 | 6391 for (i = 0; l[i] != NUL; i++) |
| 7 | 6392 { |
| 6393 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */ | |
| 6394 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */ | |
| 6395 if (l[i] == start) | |
| 6396 ++open_count; | |
| 6397 else if (l[i] == end) | |
| 6398 { | |
| 6399 if (open_count > 0) | |
| 6400 --open_count; | |
| 6401 else | |
| 6402 { | |
| 6403 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 6404 retval = TRUE; | |
| 6405 } | |
| 6406 } | |
| 6407 } | |
| 6408 return retval; | |
| 6409 } | |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 int | |
| 6412 get_c_indent() | |
| 6413 { | |
| 6414 /* | |
| 6415 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that | |
| 6416 * block should be | |
| 6417 */ | |
| 6418 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6419 | |
| 6420 /* | |
| 6421 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a | |
| 6422 * line is imagined to be. | |
| 6423 */ | |
| 6424 int ind_open_imag = 0; | |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 /* | |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
6427 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by |
| 7 | 6428 * an opening brace. |
| 6429 */ | |
| 6430 int ind_no_brace = 0; | |
| 6431 | |
| 6432 /* | |
| 6433 * column where the first { of a function should be located } | |
| 6434 */ | |
| 6435 int ind_first_open = 0; | |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 /* | |
| 6438 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be | |
| 6439 * located | |
| 6440 */ | |
| 6441 int ind_open_extra = 0; | |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 /* | |
| 6444 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left | |
| 6445 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close | |
| 6446 * brace should be located | |
| 6447 */ | |
| 6448 int ind_close_extra = 0; | |
| 6449 | |
| 6450 /* | |
| 6451 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost | |
| 6452 * column is imagined to be | |
| 6453 */ | |
| 6454 int ind_open_left_imag = 0; | |
| 6455 | |
| 6456 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6457 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative, |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6458 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6459 */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6460 int ind_jump_label = -1; |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6461 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6462 /* |
| 7 | 6463 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located |
| 6464 */ | |
| 6465 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 /* | |
| 6468 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located | |
| 6469 */ | |
| 6470 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6471 | |
| 6472 /* | |
| 6473 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label | |
| 6474 */ | |
| 6475 int ind_case_break = 0; | |
| 6476 | |
| 6477 /* | |
| 6478 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label | |
| 6479 * should be located | |
| 6480 */ | |
| 6481 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 /* | |
| 6484 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located | |
| 6485 */ | |
| 6486 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 /* | |
| 6489 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented | |
| 6490 */ | |
| 6491 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 /* | |
| 6494 * amount a function type spec should be indented | |
| 6495 */ | |
| 6496 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6497 | |
| 6498 /* | |
| 6499 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization | |
| 6500 * should be indented | |
| 6501 */ | |
| 6502 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 /* | |
| 6505 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line | |
| 6506 * should be located | |
| 6507 */ | |
| 6508 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6509 | |
| 6510 /* | |
| 6511 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses | |
| 6512 */ | |
| 6513 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2; | |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 /* | |
| 6516 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which | |
| 6517 * itself is also unclosed | |
| 6518 */ | |
| 6519 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 /* | |
| 6522 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an | |
| 6523 * unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6524 */ | |
| 6525 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0; | |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 /* | |
| 6528 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and | |
| 6529 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer | |
| 6530 * context (for very long lines). | |
| 6531 */ | |
| 6532 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0; | |
| 6533 | |
| 6534 /* | |
| 6535 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after | |
| 6536 * an unclosed parentheses. | |
| 6537 */ | |
| 6538 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0; | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 /* | |
| 6541 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching | |
| 6542 * opening parentheses. | |
| 6543 */ | |
| 6544 int ind_matching_paren = 0; | |
| 6545 | |
| 6546 /* | |
| 829 | 6547 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line. |
| 6548 */ | |
| 6549 int ind_paren_prev = 0; | |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 /* | |
| 7 | 6552 * Extra indent for comments. |
| 6553 */ | |
| 6554 int ind_comment = 0; | |
| 6555 | |
| 6556 /* | |
| 6557 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it. | |
| 6558 */ | |
| 6559 int ind_in_comment = 3; | |
| 6560 | |
| 6561 /* | |
| 6562 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something | |
| 6563 * after the comment opener. | |
| 6564 */ | |
| 6565 int ind_in_comment2 = 0; | |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 /* | |
| 6568 * max lines to search for an open paren | |
| 6569 */ | |
| 6570 int ind_maxparen = 20; | |
| 6571 | |
| 6572 /* | |
| 6573 * max lines to search for an open comment | |
| 6574 */ | |
| 6575 int ind_maxcomment = 70; | |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 /* | |
| 6578 * handle braces for java code | |
| 6579 */ | |
| 6580 int ind_java = 0; | |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 /* | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6583 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6584 */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6585 int ind_js = 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6586 |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6587 /* |
| 7 | 6588 * handle blocked cases correctly |
| 6589 */ | |
| 6590 int ind_keep_case_label = 0; | |
| 6591 | |
| 2857 | 6592 /* |
| 6593 * handle C++ namespace | |
| 6594 */ | |
| 6595 int ind_cpp_namespace = 0; | |
| 6596 | |
| 3454 | 6597 /* |
| 6598 * handle continuation lines containing conditions of if(), for() and | |
| 6599 * while() | |
| 6600 */ | |
| 6601 int ind_if_for_while = 0; | |
| 6602 | |
| 7 | 6603 pos_T cur_curpos; |
| 6604 int amount; | |
| 6605 int scope_amount; | |
| 834 | 6606 int cur_amount = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 6607 colnr_T col; |
| 6608 char_u *theline; | |
| 6609 char_u *linecopy; | |
| 6610 pos_T *trypos; | |
| 6611 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6612 pos_T our_paren_pos; | |
| 6613 char_u *start; | |
| 6614 int start_brace; | |
| 1532 | 6615 #define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */ |
| 7 | 6616 #define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */ |
| 6617 #define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 6618 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 6619 char_u *l; | |
| 6620 char_u *look; | |
| 6621 char_u terminated; | |
| 6622 int lookfor; | |
| 6623 #define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0 | |
| 6624 #define LOOKFOR_IF 1 | |
| 6625 #define LOOKFOR_DO 2 | |
| 6626 #define LOOKFOR_CASE 3 | |
| 6627 #define LOOKFOR_ANY 4 | |
| 6628 #define LOOKFOR_TERM 5 | |
| 6629 #define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6 | |
| 6630 #define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7 | |
| 6631 #define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8 | |
| 6632 #define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9 | |
| 6633 #define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10 | |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 int whilelevel; | |
| 6636 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6637 char_u *options; | |
| 6638 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 6639 int divider; | |
| 6640 int n; | |
| 6641 int iscase; | |
| 6642 int lookfor_break; | |
| 2857 | 6643 int lookfor_cpp_namespace = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6644 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6645 int original_line_islabel; |
| 3123 | 6646 int added_to_amount = 0; |
| 7 | 6647 |
| 6648 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; ) | |
| 6649 { | |
| 6650 l = options++; | |
| 6651 if (*options == '-') | |
| 6652 ++options; | |
| 6653 n = getdigits(&options); | |
| 6654 divider = 0; | |
| 6655 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */ | |
| 6656 { | |
| 6657 fraction = atol((char *)++options); | |
| 6658 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options)) | |
| 6659 { | |
| 6660 ++options; | |
| 6661 if (divider) | |
| 6662 divider *= 10; | |
| 6663 else | |
| 6664 divider = 10; | |
| 6665 } | |
| 6666 } | |
| 6667 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6668 { | |
| 6669 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0) | |
| 6670 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 6671 else | |
| 6672 { | |
| 6673 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 6674 if (divider) | |
| 6675 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider; | |
| 6676 } | |
| 6677 ++options; | |
| 6678 } | |
| 6679 if (l[1] == '-') | |
| 6680 n = -n; | |
| 6681 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in | |
| 1096 | 6682 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */ |
| 7 | 6683 switch (*l) |
| 6684 { | |
| 6685 case '>': ind_level = n; break; | |
| 6686 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break; | |
| 6687 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break; | |
| 6688 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break; | |
| 6689 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break; | |
| 6690 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break; | |
| 6691 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6692 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break; |
| 7 | 6693 case ':': ind_case = n; break; |
| 6694 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break; | |
| 6695 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break; | |
| 6696 case 'p': ind_param = n; break; | |
| 6697 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break; | |
| 6698 case '/': ind_comment = n; break; | |
| 6699 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break; | |
| 6700 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break; | |
| 6701 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break; | |
| 6702 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break; | |
| 6703 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break; | |
| 6704 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break; | |
| 6705 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break; | |
| 6706 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break; | |
| 6707 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break; | |
| 6708 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break; | |
| 829 | 6709 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break; |
| 7 | 6710 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break; |
| 6711 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break; | |
| 6712 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break; | |
| 6713 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break; | |
| 6714 case 'j': ind_java = n; break; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6715 case 'J': ind_js = n; break; |
| 7 | 6716 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break; |
| 1096 | 6717 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break; |
| 2857 | 6718 case 'N': ind_cpp_namespace = n; break; |
| 3454 | 6719 case 'k': ind_if_for_while = n; break; |
| 7 | 6720 } |
|
2129
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6721 if (*options == ',') |
|
24100651daa9
updated for version 7.2.411
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2094
diff
changeset
|
6722 ++options; |
| 7 | 6723 } |
| 6724 | |
| 6725 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */ | |
| 6726 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6727 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6728 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */ |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6729 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6730 return 0; |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6731 |
| 7 | 6732 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line. |
| 6733 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with | |
| 6734 * ml_get is valid! */ | |
| 6735 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum)); | |
| 6736 if (linecopy == NULL) | |
| 6737 return 0; | |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 /* | |
| 6740 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the | |
| 6741 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when | |
| 6742 * inserting new stuff. | |
| 6743 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus | |
| 6744 * check for that. | |
| 6745 */ | |
| 6746 if ((State & INSERT) | |
| 1883 | 6747 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy) |
| 7 | 6748 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')') |
| 6749 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 6750 | |
| 6751 theline = skipwhite(linecopy); | |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */ | |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6756 | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6757 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6758 |
| 7 | 6759 /* |
| 6760 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 6761 */ | |
| 6762 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE))) | |
| 6763 { | |
| 6764 amount = 0; | |
| 6765 } | |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 /* | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6768 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless: |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6769 * - JS flag is set. |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6770 * - 'L' item has a positive value. |
| 7 | 6771 */ |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
6772 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0) |
| 7 | 6773 { |
| 6774 amount = 0; | |
| 6775 } | |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 /* | |
| 6778 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a | |
| 6779 * previous line, lineup with that one. | |
| 6780 */ | |
| 6781 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline) | |
| 6782 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6783 { | |
| 6784 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6785 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6786 amount = col; | |
| 6787 } | |
| 6788 | |
| 6789 /* | |
| 6790 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the | |
| 6791 * comment, try using the 'comments' option. | |
| 6792 */ | |
| 6793 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline) | |
| 6794 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 6795 { | |
| 6796 int lead_start_len = 2; | |
| 6797 int lead_middle_len = 1; | |
| 6798 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */ | |
| 6799 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */ | |
| 6800 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 6801 char_u *p; | |
| 6802 int start_align = 0; | |
| 6803 int start_off = 0; | |
| 6804 int done = FALSE; | |
| 6805 | |
| 6806 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */ | |
| 6807 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6808 amount = col; | |
| 2764 | 6809 *lead_start = NUL; |
| 6810 *lead_middle = NUL; | |
| 7 | 6811 |
| 6812 p = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 6813 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 6814 { | |
| 6815 int align = 0; | |
| 6816 int off = 0; | |
| 6817 int what = 0; | |
| 6818 | |
| 6819 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':') | |
| 6820 { | |
| 6821 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6822 what = *p++; | |
| 6823 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 6824 align = *p++; | |
| 6825 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-') | |
| 6826 off = getdigits(&p); | |
| 6827 else | |
| 6828 ++p; | |
| 6829 } | |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6832 ++p; | |
| 6833 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 6834 if (what == COM_START) | |
| 6835 { | |
| 6836 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end); | |
| 6837 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start); | |
| 6838 start_off = off; | |
| 6839 start_align = align; | |
| 6840 } | |
| 6841 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE) | |
| 6842 { | |
| 6843 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end); | |
| 6844 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle); | |
| 6845 } | |
| 6846 else if (what == COM_END) | |
| 6847 { | |
| 6848 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it | |
| 6849 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */ | |
| 6850 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0 | |
| 6851 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0) | |
| 6852 { | |
| 6853 done = TRUE; | |
| 6854 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 6855 { | |
| 6856 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous | |
| 1532 | 6857 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If |
| 7 | 6858 * the middle comment string matches in the previous |
| 6859 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */ | |
| 6860 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1)); | |
| 6861 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0) | |
| 6862 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6863 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle, | |
| 6864 lead_middle_len) == 0) | |
| 6865 { | |
| 6866 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6867 break; | |
| 6868 } | |
| 6869 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the | |
| 6870 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */ | |
| 6871 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col, | |
| 6872 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0) | |
| 6873 continue; | |
| 6874 } | |
| 6875 if (start_off != 0) | |
| 6876 amount += start_off; | |
| 6877 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6878 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6879 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6880 break; |
| 6881 } | |
| 6882 | |
| 6883 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up | |
| 6884 * with the middle comment */ | |
| 6885 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0 | |
| 6886 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0) | |
| 6887 { | |
| 6888 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 6889 /* XXX */ | |
| 6890 if (off != 0) | |
| 6891 amount += off; | |
| 6892 else if (align == COM_RIGHT) | |
| 17 | 6893 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start) |
| 6894 - vim_strsize(lead_middle); | |
| 7 | 6895 done = TRUE; |
| 6896 break; | |
| 6897 } | |
| 6898 } | |
| 6899 } | |
| 6900 | |
| 6901 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the | |
| 6902 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up | |
| 6903 * with the first character of the comment text. | |
| 6904 */ | |
| 6905 if (done) | |
| 6906 ; | |
| 6907 else if (theline[0] == '*') | |
| 6908 amount += 1; | |
| 6909 else | |
| 6910 { | |
| 6911 /* | |
| 6912 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take | |
| 6913 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO" | |
| 6914 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any | |
| 6915 * white characters after it line up with the text after it; | |
| 6916 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino' | |
| 6917 */ | |
| 6918 amount = -1; | |
| 6919 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum) | |
| 6920 { | |
| 6921 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */ | |
| 6922 continue; | |
| 6923 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 6924 break; | |
| 6925 } | |
| 6926 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */ | |
| 6927 { | |
| 6928 if (!ind_in_comment2) | |
| 6929 { | |
| 6930 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum); | |
| 6931 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */ | |
| 6932 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */ | |
| 6933 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start); | |
| 6934 } | |
| 6935 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 6936 amount = col; | |
| 6937 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL) | |
| 6938 amount += ind_in_comment; | |
| 6939 } | |
| 6940 } | |
| 6941 } | |
| 6942 | |
| 6943 /* | |
| 6944 * Are we inside parentheses or braces? | |
| 6945 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 6946 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 6947 && ind_java == 0) | |
| 6948 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL | |
| 6949 || trypos != NULL) | |
| 6950 { | |
| 6951 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL) | |
| 6952 { | |
| 6953 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is | |
| 6954 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */ | |
| 6955 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6956 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum | |
| 6957 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col) | |
| 6958 trypos = NULL; | |
| 6959 else | |
| 6960 tryposBrace = NULL; | |
| 6961 } | |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 6964 { | |
| 6965 /* | |
| 6966 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of | |
| 6967 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren. | |
| 6968 */ | |
| 829 | 6969 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev) |
| 6970 { | |
| 6971 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 6972 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */ | |
| 6973 } | |
| 6974 else | |
| 6975 { | |
| 6976 amount = -1; | |
| 6977 our_paren_pos = *trypos; | |
| 6978 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum) | |
| 7 | 6979 { |
| 829 | 6980 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)); |
| 6981 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */ | |
| 6982 continue; | |
| 6983 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum)) | |
| 6984 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */ | |
| 6985 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 /* Skip a comment. XXX */ | |
| 6988 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 6989 { | |
| 6990 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 6991 continue; | |
| 6992 } | |
| 6993 | |
| 6994 /* XXX */ | |
| 6995 if ((trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 6996 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7 | 6997 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL |
| 829 | 6998 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum |
| 6999 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7000 { | |
| 7001 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 if (theline[0] == ')') | |
| 7004 { | |
| 7005 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum | |
| 7006 && cur_amount > amount) | |
| 7007 cur_amount = amount; | |
| 7008 amount = -1; | |
| 7009 } | |
| 7010 break; | |
| 7011 } | |
| 7 | 7012 } |
| 7013 } | |
| 7014 | |
| 7015 /* | |
| 7016 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX | |
| 7017 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed | |
| 7018 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses. | |
| 7019 */ | |
| 7020 if (amount == -1) | |
| 7021 { | |
| 829 | 7022 int ignore_paren_col = 0; |
| 3454 | 7023 int is_if_for_while = 0; |
| 7024 | |
| 7025 if (ind_if_for_while) | |
| 7026 { | |
| 7027 /* Look for the outermost opening parenthesis on this line | |
| 7028 * and check whether it belongs to an "if", "for" or "while". */ | |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 pos_T cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 7031 pos_T outermost; | |
| 7032 char_u *line; | |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 trypos = &our_paren_pos; | |
| 7035 do { | |
| 7036 outermost = *trypos; | |
| 7037 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = outermost.lnum; | |
| 7038 curwin->w_cursor.col = outermost.col; | |
| 7039 | |
| 7040 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7041 } while (trypos && trypos->lnum == outermost.lnum); | |
| 7042 | |
| 7043 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 line = ml_get(outermost.lnum); | |
| 7046 | |
| 7047 is_if_for_while = | |
| 3461 | 7048 cin_is_if_for_while_before_offset(line, &outermost.col); |
| 3454 | 7049 } |
| 829 | 7050 |
| 7 | 7051 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment); |
| 829 | 7052 look = skipwhite(look); |
| 7053 if (*look == '(') | |
| 7054 { | |
| 7055 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7056 char_u *line; | |
| 7057 int look_col; | |
| 7058 | |
| 7059 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before | |
| 7060 * our matching '('. */ | |
| 7061 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7062 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 7063 look_col = (int)(look - line); |
| 829 | 7064 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1; |
| 7065 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7066 != NULL | |
| 7067 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum | |
| 7068 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col) | |
| 7069 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1; | |
| 7070 | |
| 7071 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum; | |
| 7072 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col; | |
| 7073 } | |
| 3454 | 7074 if (theline[0] == ')' || (ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 829 | 7075 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '(' |
| 7076 && ignore_paren_col == 0)) | |
| 7 | 7077 { |
| 7078 /* | |
| 7079 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there; | |
| 7080 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character. | |
| 7081 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is | |
| 7082 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the | |
| 7083 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next | |
| 7084 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long | |
| 7085 * lines). | |
| 7086 */ | |
| 7087 if (theline[0] != ')') | |
| 7088 { | |
| 7089 cur_amount = MAXCOL; | |
| 7090 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum); | |
| 7091 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped | |
| 7092 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL)) | |
| 7093 { | |
| 7094 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level | |
| 7095 * for each additional level */ | |
| 7096 n = 1; | |
| 7097 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col) | |
| 7098 { | |
| 7099 switch (l[col]) | |
| 7100 { | |
| 7101 case '(': | |
| 7102 case '{': ++n; | |
| 7103 break; | |
| 7104 | |
| 7105 case ')': | |
| 7106 case '}': if (n > 1) | |
| 7107 --n; | |
| 7108 break; | |
| 7109 } | |
| 7110 } | |
| 7111 | |
| 7112 our_paren_pos.col = 0; | |
| 7113 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped; | |
| 7114 } | |
| 7115 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok) | |
| 7116 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7117 else | |
| 7118 { | |
| 7119 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1; | |
| 7120 while (vim_iswhite(l[col])) | |
| 7121 col++; | |
| 7122 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */ | |
| 7123 our_paren_pos.col = col; | |
| 7124 else | |
| 7125 our_paren_pos.col++; | |
| 7126 } | |
| 7127 } | |
| 7128 | |
| 7129 /* | |
| 7130 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it | |
| 7131 * if we did the above "if". | |
| 7132 */ | |
| 7133 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0) | |
| 7134 { | |
| 7135 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7136 if (cur_amount > (int)col) | |
| 7137 cur_amount = col; | |
| 7138 } | |
| 7139 } | |
| 7140 | |
| 7141 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren) | |
| 7142 { | |
| 7143 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */ | |
| 7144 } | |
| 3454 | 7145 else if ((ind_unclosed == 0 && is_if_for_while == 0) |
| 7146 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore | |
| 829 | 7147 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0)) |
| 7 | 7148 { |
| 7149 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL) | |
| 7150 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7151 } | |
| 7152 else | |
| 7153 { | |
| 829 | 7154 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but |
| 7155 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */ | |
| 7 | 7156 col = our_paren_pos.col; |
| 834 | 7157 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col) |
| 7 | 7158 { |
| 7159 --our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7160 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos)) | |
| 7161 { | |
| 7162 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7163 col = our_paren_pos.col; | |
| 7164 break; | |
| 7165 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2; | |
| 7166 col = MAXCOL; | |
| 7167 break; | |
| 7168 } | |
| 7169 } | |
| 7170 | |
| 7171 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside | |
| 7172 * braces */ | |
| 7173 if (col == MAXCOL) | |
| 7174 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7175 else | |
| 7176 { | |
| 7177 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum; | |
| 7178 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 2762 | 7179 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL) |
| 7 | 7180 amount += ind_unclosed2; |
| 7181 else | |
| 3454 | 7182 { |
| 7183 if (is_if_for_while) | |
| 7184 amount += ind_if_for_while; | |
| 7185 else | |
| 7186 amount += ind_unclosed; | |
| 7187 } | |
| 7 | 7188 } |
| 7189 /* | |
| 7190 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two | |
| 7191 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous | |
| 7192 * lines: | |
| 7193 * func_long_name( if (x | |
| 7194 * arg && yy | |
| 7195 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here | |
| 7196 */ | |
| 7197 if (cur_amount < amount) | |
| 7198 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7199 } | |
| 7200 } | |
| 7201 | |
| 7202 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 7203 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 7204 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 7205 } | |
| 7206 | |
| 7207 /* | |
| 7208 * Are we at least inside braces, then? | |
| 7209 */ | |
| 7210 else | |
| 7211 { | |
| 7212 trypos = tryposBrace; | |
| 7213 | |
| 7214 ourscope = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7215 start = ml_get(ourscope); | |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 /* | |
| 7218 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general. | |
| 7219 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that; | |
| 7220 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as | |
| 7221 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that. | |
| 7222 */ | |
| 7223 look = skipwhite(start); | |
| 7224 if (*look == '{') | |
| 7225 { | |
| 7226 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL); | |
| 7227 amount = col; | |
| 7228 if (*start == '{') | |
| 7229 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0; | |
| 7230 else | |
| 7231 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START; | |
| 7232 } | |
| 7233 else | |
| 7234 { | |
| 7235 /* | |
| 7236 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation | |
| 7237 * line. if so, find the start of the line. | |
| 7238 */ | |
| 7239 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7240 | |
| 7241 /* | |
| 7242 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7243 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7244 */ | |
| 7245 lnum = ourscope; | |
| 7246 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')') | |
| 7247 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7248 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7249 lnum = trypos->lnum; | |
| 7250 | |
| 7251 /* | |
| 7252 * It could have been something like | |
| 7253 * case 1: if (asdf && | |
| 7254 * ldfd) { | |
| 7255 * } | |
| 7256 */ | |
| 2879 | 7257 if (ind_js || (ind_keep_case_label |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7258 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE))) |
| 7 | 7259 amount = get_indent(); |
| 7260 else | |
| 7261 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7262 | |
| 7263 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END; | |
| 7264 } | |
| 7265 | |
| 7266 /* | |
| 7267 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where | |
| 7268 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room | |
| 7269 * that an indent is supposed to be. | |
| 7270 */ | |
| 7271 if (theline[0] == '}') | |
| 7272 { | |
| 7273 /* | |
| 7274 * they may want closing braces to line up with something | |
| 7275 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so. | |
| 7276 */ | |
| 7277 amount += ind_close_extra; | |
| 7278 } | |
| 7279 else | |
| 7280 { | |
| 7281 /* | |
| 7282 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if" | |
| 7283 * to match it with. | |
| 7284 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do" | |
| 7285 * to match it with. | |
| 7286 */ | |
| 7287 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7288 if (cin_iselse(theline)) | |
| 7289 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF; | |
| 7290 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 7291 /* XXX */ | |
| 7292 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO; | |
| 7293 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL) | |
| 7294 { | |
| 7295 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum; | |
| 7296 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7297 ind_maxcomment) == OK) | |
| 7298 { | |
| 7299 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7300 goto theend; | |
| 7301 } | |
| 7302 } | |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 /* | |
| 7305 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or | |
| 7306 * failed to find a matching "if"). | |
| 7307 * Search backwards for something to line up with. | |
| 7308 * First set amount for when we don't find anything. | |
| 7309 */ | |
| 7310 | |
| 7311 /* | |
| 7312 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary | |
| 7313 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the | |
| 7314 * location for ind_open_extra. | |
| 7315 */ | |
| 7316 | |
| 7317 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */ | |
| 7318 { | |
| 7319 amount = ind_open_left_imag; | |
| 2857 | 7320 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; |
| 7321 } | |
| 7322 else if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_START && | |
| 7323 lookfor_cpp_namespace) /* '{' is at start */ | |
| 7324 { | |
| 7325 | |
| 7326 lookfor_cpp_namespace = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 7327 } |
| 7328 else | |
| 7329 { | |
| 7330 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */ | |
| 2857 | 7331 { |
| 7 | 7332 amount += ind_open_imag; |
| 2857 | 7333 |
| 7334 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7335 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7336 amount += ind_cpp_namespace; | |
| 7337 } | |
| 7 | 7338 else |
| 7339 { | |
| 7340 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */ | |
| 7341 amount -= ind_open_extra; | |
| 7342 if (amount < 0) | |
| 7343 amount = 0; | |
| 7344 } | |
| 7345 } | |
| 7346 | |
| 7347 lookfor_break = FALSE; | |
| 7348 | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7349 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */ |
| 7 | 7350 { |
| 7351 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */ | |
| 7352 amount += ind_case; | |
| 7353 } | |
| 7354 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */ | |
| 7355 { | |
| 7356 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */ | |
| 7357 amount += ind_scopedecl; | |
| 7358 } | |
| 7359 else | |
| 7360 { | |
| 7361 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */ | |
| 7362 lookfor_break = TRUE; | |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL; | |
| 7365 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */ | |
| 7366 } | |
| 7367 scope_amount = amount; | |
| 7368 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 7369 | |
| 7370 /* | |
| 7371 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up | |
| 7372 * with that. | |
| 7373 * | |
| 7374 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent | |
| 7375 * the usual amount relative to the conditional | |
| 7376 * that opens the block. | |
| 7377 */ | |
| 7378 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 7379 for (;;) | |
| 7380 { | |
| 7381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 7382 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 /* | |
| 7385 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line | |
| 7386 * up with it. | |
| 7387 */ | |
| 7388 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope) | |
| 7389 { | |
| 7390 /* we reached end of scope: | |
| 7391 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization | |
| 7392 * go further back: | |
| 7393 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then | |
| 7394 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable | |
| 7395 * declaration: | |
| 7396 * int x, | |
| 7397 * here; <-- add ind_continuation | |
| 7398 */ | |
| 7399 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7400 { | |
| 7401 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7402 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7403 < ourscope - ind_maxparen) | |
| 7404 { | |
| 7405 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit) | |
| 7406 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable | |
| 7407 * initialization) */ | |
| 7408 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7409 amount = cont_amount; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7410 else if (!ind_js) |
| 7 | 7411 amount += ind_continuation; |
| 7412 break; | |
| 7413 } | |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7416 | |
| 7417 /* | |
| 7418 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the | |
| 7419 * comment. | |
| 7420 */ | |
| 7421 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7422 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7423 { | |
| 7424 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7425 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7426 continue; |
| 7427 } | |
| 7428 | |
| 7429 /* | |
| 7430 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 7431 */ | |
| 7432 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7433 continue; | |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7436 continue; | |
| 7437 | |
| 7438 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 /* | |
| 7441 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a | |
| 7442 * function declaration, we are done | |
| 7443 * (it's a variable declaration). | |
| 7444 */ | |
| 7445 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0 | |
| 3220 | 7446 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7447 0, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 7448 { |
| 7449 /* if the line is terminated with another ',' | |
| 7450 * it is a continued variable initialization. | |
| 7451 * don't add extra indent. | |
| 7452 * TODO: does not work, if a function | |
| 7453 * declaration is split over multiple lines: | |
| 7454 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then. | |
| 7455 */ | |
| 7456 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7457 break; | |
| 7458 | |
| 7459 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment, | |
| 7460 * we are done. | |
| 7461 */ | |
| 7462 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit()) | |
| 7463 break; | |
| 7464 | |
| 7465 /* nothing useful found */ | |
| 7466 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{') | |
| 7467 continue; | |
| 7468 } | |
| 7469 | |
| 7470 if (terminated != ';') | |
| 7471 { | |
| 7472 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor | |
| 7473 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it | |
| 7474 * will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7475 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7476 trypos = NULL; | |
| 7477 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')) | |
| 7478 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 7479 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7480 | |
| 7481 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7482 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7483 | |
| 7484 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7485 { | |
| 7486 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7487 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7488 continue; |
| 7489 } | |
| 7490 } | |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation | |
| 7493 * like in | |
| 7494 * int a, | |
| 7495 * b; | |
| 7496 */ | |
| 7497 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7498 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7499 else | |
| 7500 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7501 } | |
| 7502 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7503 { | |
| 7504 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7505 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7506 else | |
| 7507 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7508 } | |
| 3123 | 7509 else |
| 2857 | 7510 { |
| 3123 | 7511 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM |
| 7512 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 2857 | 7513 { |
| 3123 | 7514 amount = scope_amount; |
| 7515 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7516 { | |
| 7517 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7518 added_to_amount = ind_open_extra; | |
| 7519 } | |
| 2857 | 7520 } |
| 7521 | |
| 3123 | 7522 if (lookfor_cpp_namespace) |
| 2857 | 7523 { |
| 3123 | 7524 /* |
| 7525 * Looking for C++ namespace, need to look further | |
| 7526 * back. | |
| 7527 */ | |
| 7528 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7529 continue; | |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0 | |
| 7532 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 7533 < ourscope - FIND_NAMESPACE_LIM) | |
| 7534 break; | |
| 7535 | |
| 7536 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7537 | |
| 7538 /* If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of | |
| 7539 * the comment. */ | |
| 7540 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7541 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7542 { | |
| 7543 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 7544 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 7545 continue; | |
| 7546 } | |
| 7547 | |
| 7548 /* Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. */ | |
| 7549 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 7550 continue; | |
| 7551 | |
| 7552 /* Finally the actual check for "namespace". */ | |
| 7553 if (cin_is_cpp_namespace(l)) | |
| 7554 { | |
| 7555 amount += ind_cpp_namespace - added_to_amount; | |
| 7556 break; | |
| 7557 } | |
| 7558 | |
| 7559 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7560 continue; | |
| 2857 | 7561 } |
| 7 | 7562 } |
| 7563 break; | |
| 7564 } | |
| 7565 | |
| 7566 /* | |
| 7567 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 7568 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7569 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 7570 { | |
| 7571 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 7572 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7573 continue; |
| 7574 } | |
| 7575 | |
| 7576 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7577 | |
| 7578 /* | |
| 7579 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that. | |
| 827 | 7580 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same. |
| 7 | 7581 */ |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7582 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE); |
| 7 | 7583 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7584 { | |
| 7585 /* we are only looking for cpp base class | |
| 7586 * declaration/initialization any longer */ | |
| 7587 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7588 break; | |
| 7589 | |
| 7590 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in | |
| 7591 * labels. */ | |
| 7592 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 7593 continue; | |
| 7594 | |
| 7595 /* | |
| 7596 * case xx: | |
| 7597 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation | |
| 7598 *-> here; | |
| 7599 */ | |
| 7600 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7601 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7602 { | |
| 7603 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7604 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7605 else | |
| 7606 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7607 break; | |
| 7608 } | |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 /* | |
| 7611 * case xx: <- line up with this case | |
| 7612 * x = 333; | |
| 7613 * case yy: | |
| 7614 */ | |
| 7615 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE) | |
| 7616 || (iscase && lookfor_break) | |
| 7617 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)) | |
| 7618 { | |
| 7619 /* | |
| 7620 * Check that this case label is not for another | |
| 7621 * switch() | |
| 7622 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 7623 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) == | |
| 7624 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope) | |
| 7625 { | |
| 7626 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 7627 break; | |
| 7628 } | |
| 7629 continue; | |
| 7630 } | |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */ | |
| 7633 | |
| 7634 /* | |
| 7635 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7636 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7637 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7638 * | |
| 7639 * case xx: | |
| 7640 * if (cond) <- line up with this line | |
| 7641 * y = y + 1; | |
| 7642 * -> s = 99; | |
| 7643 */ | |
| 7644 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7645 { | |
| 7646 if (n) | |
| 7647 amount = n; | |
| 7648 | |
| 7649 if (!lookfor_break) | |
| 7650 break; | |
| 7651 } | |
| 7652 | |
| 7653 /* | |
| 7654 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x | |
| 7655 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7656 * | |
| 7657 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if | |
| 7658 * -> y = y + 1; | |
| 7659 */ | |
| 7660 if (n) | |
| 7661 { | |
| 7662 amount = n; | |
| 7663 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7664 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l)) | |
| 829 | 7665 { |
| 7666 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7667 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7668 else | |
| 7669 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7670 } | |
| 7 | 7671 break; |
| 7672 } | |
| 7673 | |
| 7674 /* | |
| 7675 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch | |
| 7676 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the | |
| 7677 * switch label. | |
| 7678 * break; <- may line up with this line | |
| 7679 * case xx: | |
| 7680 * -> y = 1; | |
| 7681 */ | |
| 7682 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */ | |
| 7683 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code); | |
| 7684 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 7685 continue; | |
| 7686 } | |
| 7687 | |
| 7688 /* | |
| 7689 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration, | |
| 7690 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks. | |
| 7691 */ | |
| 7692 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL) | |
| 7693 { | |
| 7694 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos = | |
| 7695 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 7696 { |
| 7 | 7697 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; |
| 1550 | 7698 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7699 } | |
| 7 | 7700 continue; |
| 7701 } | |
| 7702 | |
| 7703 /* | |
| 7704 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them. | |
| 7705 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7706 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 7 | 7707 { |
| 7708 l = after_label(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7709 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7710 continue; | |
| 7711 } | |
| 7712 | |
| 7713 /* | |
| 7714 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc. | |
| 7715 * Ignore comment and empty lines. | |
| 7716 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have | |
| 7717 * unlocked it) | |
| 7718 */ | |
| 7719 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7720 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 7721 || cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 7722 continue; | |
| 7723 | |
| 7724 /* | |
| 7725 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or | |
| 7726 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7727 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 827 | 7728 n = FALSE; |
| 7729 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0) | |
| 7730 { | |
| 1336 | 7731 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 7732 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 7733 } | |
| 7734 if (n) | |
| 7 | 7735 { |
| 7736 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7737 { | |
| 7738 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7739 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7740 else | |
| 7741 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7742 } | |
| 828 | 7743 else if (theline[0] == '{') |
| 7 | 7744 { |
| 828 | 7745 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */ |
| 7746 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 7747 ind_continuation = 0; | |
| 7748 continue; | |
| 7 | 7749 } |
| 7750 else | |
| 828 | 7751 /* XXX */ |
| 7752 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 7753 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 7754 break; |
| 7755 } | |
| 7756 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS) | |
| 7757 { | |
| 7758 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class | |
| 827 | 7759 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace. |
| 7760 */ | |
| 7 | 7761 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE)) |
| 7762 break; | |
| 7763 else | |
| 7764 continue; | |
| 7765 } | |
| 7766 | |
| 7767 /* | |
| 7768 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated. | |
| 7769 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if | |
| 1224 | 7770 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg: |
| 7 | 7771 * 123, |
| 7772 * sizeof | |
| 7773 * here | |
| 7774 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure | |
| 7775 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration | |
| 7776 * (indented). | |
| 7777 */ | |
| 7778 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 7779 | |
| 7780 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7781 && terminated == ',')) | |
| 7782 { | |
| 7783 /* | |
| 7784 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing, | |
| 7785 * go back to the line that starts it so | |
| 7786 * we can get the right prevailing indent | |
| 7787 * if ( foo && | |
| 7788 * bar ) | |
| 7789 */ | |
| 7790 /* | |
| 7791 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 7792 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 7793 */ | |
| 7794 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 7795 trypos = find_match_paren( | |
| 7796 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos), | |
| 7797 ind_maxcomment); | |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 /* | |
| 7800 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching | |
| 7801 * braces. | |
| 7802 */ | |
| 828 | 7803 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ',' |
| 7804 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}')) | |
| 7 | 7805 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); |
| 7806 | |
| 7807 if (trypos != NULL) | |
| 7808 { | |
| 7809 /* | |
| 7810 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 7811 * handled above. | |
| 7812 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 7813 * asdf) | |
| 7814 */ | |
| 1550 | 7815 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 7816 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7817 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 7818 { |
| 7819 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7820 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7821 continue; |
| 7822 } | |
| 7823 } | |
| 7824 | |
| 7825 /* | |
| 7826 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the | |
| 7827 * indent from | |
| 7828 * char *usethis = "bla\ | |
| 7829 * bla", | |
| 7830 * here; | |
| 7831 */ | |
| 7832 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7833 { | |
| 7834 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 7835 { | |
| 7836 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 7837 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 7838 break; | |
| 7839 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 7840 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 7841 } |
| 7842 } | |
| 7843 | |
| 7844 /* | |
| 7845 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 7846 * ignoring any jump label. XXX | |
| 7847 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7848 if (!ind_js) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7849 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, |
| 7 | 7850 &l, ind_maxcomment); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7851 else |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
7852 cur_amount = get_indent(); |
| 7 | 7853 /* |
| 7854 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it | |
| 7855 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line. | |
| 7856 * while (not) | |
| 7857 * -> { | |
| 7858 * } | |
| 7859 */ | |
| 7860 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 7861 && theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7862 { | |
| 7863 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7864 /* | |
| 7865 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line | |
| 7866 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match | |
| 7867 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably: | |
| 7868 * { 1, 2 }, | |
| 7869 * -> { 3, 4 } | |
| 7870 */ | |
| 7871 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{') | |
| 7872 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7873 | |
| 7874 if (ind_cpp_baseclass) | |
| 7875 { | |
| 7876 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base | |
| 7877 * class declaration or initialization */ | |
| 7878 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 7879 continue; | |
| 7880 } | |
| 7881 break; | |
| 7882 } | |
| 7883 | |
| 7884 /* | |
| 7885 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc. | |
| 7886 * Also allow " } else". | |
| 7887 */ | |
| 7888 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l))) | |
| 7889 { | |
| 7890 /* | |
| 7891 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up | |
| 7892 * with the last one. | |
| 7893 * if (cond) | |
| 7894 * 100 + | |
| 7895 * -> here; | |
| 7896 */ | |
| 7897 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 7898 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7899 { | |
| 7900 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 7901 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 7902 else | |
| 7903 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7904 break; | |
| 7905 } | |
| 7906 | |
| 7907 /* | |
| 7908 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we | |
| 7909 * are finished. | |
| 7910 * while (not) | |
| 7911 * -> here; | |
| 7912 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line | |
| 7913 * before this is terminated. | |
| 7914 * yyy; | |
| 7915 * if (stat) | |
| 7916 * while (not) | |
| 7917 * xxx; | |
| 7918 * -> here; | |
| 7919 */ | |
| 7920 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 7921 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 7922 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 7923 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 7924 { | |
| 7925 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace; | |
| 7926 break; | |
| 7927 } | |
| 7928 | |
| 7929 /* | |
| 7930 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a | |
| 7931 * do, line up with the while() | |
| 7932 * do | |
| 7933 * x = 1; | |
| 7934 * -> here | |
| 7935 */ | |
| 7936 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 7937 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 7938 { | |
| 7939 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 7940 break; | |
| 7941 --whilelevel; | |
| 7942 } | |
| 7943 | |
| 7944 /* | |
| 7945 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the | |
| 2855 | 7946 * one between the "if" and the matching "else". |
| 7 | 7947 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 7948 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 7949 */ | |
| 2855 | 7950 if (cin_iselse(l) && whilelevel == 0) |
| 7951 { | |
| 7952 /* If we're looking at "} else", let's make sure we | |
| 7953 * find the opening brace of the enclosing scope, | |
| 7954 * not the one from "if () {". */ | |
| 7955 if (*l == '}') | |
| 7956 curwin->w_cursor.col = | |
| 2861 | 7957 (colnr_T)(l - ml_get_curline()) + 1; |
| 2855 | 7958 |
| 7959 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7960 == NULL | |
| 7 | 7961 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, |
| 2855 | 7962 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) |
| 7963 break; | |
| 7964 } | |
| 7 | 7965 } |
| 7966 | |
| 7967 /* | |
| 7968 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an | |
| 7969 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or | |
| 1224 | 7970 * add something for a continuation line, depending on |
| 7 | 7971 * the line before this one. |
| 7972 */ | |
| 7973 else | |
| 7974 { | |
| 7975 /* | |
| 7976 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with | |
| 7977 * the last one. | |
| 7978 * c = 99 + | |
| 7979 * 100 + | |
| 7980 * -> here; | |
| 7981 */ | |
| 7982 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM) | |
| 7983 { | |
| 7984 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */ | |
| 7985 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7986 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 7987 break; | |
| 7988 } | |
| 7989 | |
| 7990 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 7991 { | |
| 7992 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the | |
| 7993 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class | |
| 7994 * declaration/initialization, if it is an | |
| 7995 * opening brace or we are looking just for | |
| 7996 * enumerations/initializations. */ | |
| 7997 if (terminated == ',') | |
| 7998 { | |
| 7999 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0) | |
| 8000 break; | |
| 8001 | |
| 8002 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS; | |
| 8003 continue; | |
| 8004 } | |
| 8005 | |
| 8006 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but | |
| 8007 * reduce indent. */ | |
| 8008 if (amount > cur_amount) | |
| 8009 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8010 } | |
| 8011 else | |
| 8012 { | |
| 8013 /* | |
| 8014 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may | |
| 8015 * line up with this line, remember its indent | |
| 8016 * 100 + | |
| 8017 * -> here; | |
| 8018 */ | |
| 8019 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8020 | |
| 8021 /* | |
| 8022 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we | |
| 8023 * are in an initialization or enum | |
| 8024 * struct xxx = | |
| 8025 * { | |
| 8026 * sizeof a, | |
| 8027 * 124 }; | |
| 8028 * or a normal possible continuation line. | |
| 8029 * but only, of no other statement has been found | |
| 8030 * yet. | |
| 8031 */ | |
| 8032 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',') | |
| 8033 { | |
| 8034 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT; | |
| 8035 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8036 } | |
| 8037 else | |
| 8038 { | |
| 8039 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL | |
| 8040 && *l != NUL | |
| 8041 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8042 /* XXX */ | |
| 8043 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount( | |
| 8044 curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8045 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8046 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM; | |
| 8047 } | |
| 8048 } | |
| 8049 } | |
| 8050 } | |
| 8051 | |
| 8052 /* | |
| 8053 * Check if we are after a while (cond); | |
| 8054 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do". | |
| 8055 */ | |
| 8056 /* XXX */ | |
| 829 | 8057 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, |
| 8058 ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8059 { |
| 8060 /* | |
| 8061 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up | |
| 8062 * with the last one. | |
| 8063 * while (cond); | |
| 8064 * 100 + <- line up with this one | |
| 8065 * -> here; | |
| 8066 */ | |
| 8067 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8068 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8069 { | |
| 8070 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8071 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8072 else | |
| 8073 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8074 break; | |
| 8075 } | |
| 8076 | |
| 8077 if (whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8078 { | |
| 8079 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8080 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8081 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8082 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8083 } | |
| 8084 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8085 } | |
| 8086 | |
| 8087 /* | |
| 8088 * We are after a "normal" statement. | |
| 8089 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the | |
| 8090 * indent of that other statement. | |
| 8091 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used, | |
| 8092 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement. | |
| 8093 */ | |
| 8094 else | |
| 8095 { | |
| 8096 /* | |
| 8097 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It | |
| 8098 * may be lined up with the case label. | |
| 8099 */ | |
| 8100 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK | |
| 8101 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()))) | |
| 8102 { | |
| 8103 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY; | |
| 8104 continue; | |
| 8105 } | |
| 8106 | |
| 8107 /* | |
| 8108 * Handle "do {" line. | |
| 8109 */ | |
| 8110 if (whilelevel > 0) | |
| 8111 { | |
| 8112 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8113 if (cin_isdo(l)) | |
| 8114 { | |
| 8115 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8116 --whilelevel; | |
| 8117 continue; | |
| 8118 } | |
| 8119 } | |
| 8120 | |
| 8121 /* | |
| 8122 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add | |
| 8123 * the amount for a continuation line. | |
| 8124 * x = 1; | |
| 8125 * y = foo + | |
| 8126 * -> here; | |
| 8127 * or | |
| 8128 * int x = 1; | |
| 8129 * int foo, | |
| 8130 * -> here; | |
| 8131 */ | |
| 8132 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM | |
| 8133 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT) | |
| 8134 { | |
| 8135 if (cont_amount > 0) | |
| 8136 amount = cont_amount; | |
| 8137 else | |
| 8138 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8139 break; | |
| 8140 } | |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 /* | |
| 8143 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if" | |
| 8144 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us. | |
| 8145 * x = 1; x = 1; | |
| 8146 * if (asdf) y = 2; | |
| 8147 * while (asdf) ->here; | |
| 8148 * here; | |
| 8149 * ->foo; | |
| 8150 */ | |
| 8151 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM) | |
| 8152 { | |
| 8153 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8154 break; | |
| 8155 } | |
| 8156 | |
| 8157 /* | |
| 8158 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated. | |
| 8159 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for | |
| 8160 * a terminated line. | |
| 8161 */ | |
| 8162 else | |
| 8163 { | |
| 8164 /* | |
| 8165 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so | |
| 8166 * that matching it will take us back to the start of | |
| 8167 * the line. Helps for: | |
| 8168 * func(asdr, | |
| 8169 * asdfasdf); | |
| 8170 * here; | |
| 8171 */ | |
| 8172 term_again: | |
| 8173 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8174 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8175 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8176 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8177 { | |
| 8178 /* | |
| 8179 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is | |
| 8180 * handled above. | |
| 8181 * case xx: if ( asdf && | |
| 8182 * asdf) | |
| 8183 */ | |
| 1550 | 8184 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8185 l = ml_get_curline(); |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8186 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)) |
| 7 | 8187 { |
| 8188 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8189 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8190 continue; |
| 8191 } | |
| 8192 } | |
| 8193 | |
| 8194 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align | |
| 8195 * with a statement after it. | |
| 8196 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position | |
| 8197 * stat; | |
| 8198 * } | |
| 8199 * case 2: | |
| 8200 * stat; | |
| 8201 * } | |
| 8202 */ | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
8203 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE)); |
| 7 | 8204 |
| 8205 /* | |
| 8206 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line, | |
| 8207 * ignoring any jump label. | |
| 8208 */ | |
| 8209 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8210 &l, ind_maxcomment); | |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8213 amount += ind_open_extra; | |
| 8214 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */ | |
| 827 | 8215 l = skipwhite(l); |
| 8216 if (*l == '{') | |
| 7 | 8217 amount -= ind_open_extra; |
| 8218 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM; | |
| 8219 | |
| 8220 /* | |
| 827 | 8221 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to |
| 8222 * the matching "if": | |
| 8223 * else 3; | |
| 856 | 8224 * indent this; |
| 827 | 8225 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX |
| 8226 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {". | |
| 8227 */ | |
| 8228 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM | |
| 8229 && *l != '}' | |
| 8230 && cin_iselse(l) | |
| 8231 && whilelevel == 0) | |
| 8232 { | |
| 8233 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 8234 == NULL | |
| 8235 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum, | |
| 8236 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL) | |
| 8237 break; | |
| 8238 continue; | |
| 8239 } | |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 /* | |
| 7 | 8242 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of |
| 8243 * that block. | |
| 8244 */ | |
| 3172 | 8245 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 2953 | 8246 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') |
| 7 | 8247 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) |
| 8248 != NULL) /* XXX */ | |
| 8249 { | |
| 1550 | 8250 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8251 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */ |
| 8252 /* but skip block for "} else {" */ | |
| 8253 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8254 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l)) | |
| 8255 goto term_again; | |
| 8256 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8257 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8258 } |
| 8259 } | |
| 8260 } | |
| 8261 } | |
| 8262 } | |
| 8263 } | |
| 8264 | |
| 8265 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8266 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8267 amount += ind_comment; | |
|
2328
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8268 |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8269 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */ |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8270 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel) |
|
15379284e55a
Add the 'L' item to 'cinoptions'. (Manuel Konig)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2322
diff
changeset
|
8271 amount -= ind_jump_label; |
| 7 | 8272 } |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 /* | |
| 8275 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all! | |
| 8276 * | |
| 8277 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should | |
| 8278 * basically just match where the previous line is, except | |
| 8279 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration, | |
| 8280 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented. | |
| 8281 */ | |
| 8282 else | |
| 8283 { | |
| 8284 /* | |
| 8285 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any | |
| 8286 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start | |
| 8287 * of a function | |
| 8288 */ | |
| 8289 | |
| 8290 if (theline[0] == '{') | |
| 8291 { | |
| 8292 amount = ind_first_open; | |
| 8293 } | |
| 8294 | |
| 8295 /* | |
| 8296 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current | |
| 8297 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec. | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8298 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8299 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8300 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)" |
| 7 | 8301 */ |
| 8302 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 8303 && !cin_nocode(theline) | |
|
2094
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8304 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL |
|
e319a4fe6e32
updated for version 7.2.378
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2030
diff
changeset
|
8305 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL |
| 7 | 8306 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL) |
| 8307 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 3220 | 8308 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1, |
| 8309 cur_curpos.lnum + 1, | |
| 8310 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 7 | 8311 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE)) |
| 8312 { | |
| 8313 amount = ind_func_type; | |
| 8314 } | |
| 8315 else | |
| 8316 { | |
| 8317 amount = 0; | |
| 8318 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8319 | |
| 8320 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */ | |
| 8321 | |
| 8322 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8323 { | |
| 8324 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8325 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8326 | |
| 8327 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8328 | |
| 8329 /* | |
| 8330 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment. | |
| 8331 */ /* XXX */ | |
| 8332 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 8333 { | |
| 8334 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1; | |
| 1550 | 8335 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8336 continue; |
| 8337 } | |
| 8338 | |
| 8339 /* | |
| 827 | 8340 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or |
| 8341 * constructor initialization? | |
| 7 | 8342 */ /* XXX */ |
| 827 | 8343 n = FALSE; |
| 8344 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{') | |
| 8345 { | |
| 1336 | 8346 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col); |
| 827 | 8347 l = ml_get_curline(); |
| 8348 } | |
| 8349 if (n) | |
| 7 | 8350 { |
| 828 | 8351 /* XXX */ |
| 8352 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, | |
| 8353 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass); | |
| 7 | 8354 break; |
| 8355 } | |
| 8356 | |
| 8357 /* | |
| 8358 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines. | |
| 8359 */ | |
| 8360 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8361 continue; | |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 if (cin_nocode(l)) | |
| 8364 continue; | |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 /* | |
| 8367 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of | |
| 8368 * indentation: | |
| 8369 * int foo, | |
| 8370 * bar; | |
| 8371 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg. | |
| 8372 * enum foobar | |
| 8373 * { | |
| 8374 * ... | |
| 8375 * } foo, | |
| 8376 * bar; | |
| 8377 */ | |
| 8378 n = 0; | |
| 8379 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8380 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\')) | |
| 8381 { | |
| 8382 /* take us back to opening paren */ | |
| 8383 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')') | |
| 8384 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8385 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8386 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8387 |
| 8388 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go | |
| 8389 * back to the first line with a backslash: | |
| 8390 * char *foo = "bla\ | |
| 8391 * bla", | |
| 8392 * here; | |
| 8393 */ | |
| 8394 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8395 { | |
| 8396 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8397 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\') | |
| 8398 break; | |
| 8399 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1550 | 8400 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
| 7 | 8401 } |
| 8402 | |
| 8403 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ | |
| 8404 | |
| 8405 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8406 amount = cin_first_id_amount(); | |
| 8407 if (amount == 0) | |
| 8408 amount = ind_continuation; | |
| 8409 break; | |
| 8410 } | |
| 8411 | |
| 8412 /* | |
| 8413 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're | |
| 8414 * not in a comment, put it the left margin. | |
| 8415 */ | |
| 3220 | 8416 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum, 0, |
| 8417 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) /* XXX */ | |
| 7 | 8418 break; |
| 8419 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8420 | |
| 8421 /* | |
| 8422 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put | |
| 8423 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs". | |
| 8424 */ | |
| 8425 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}') | |
| 8426 break; | |
| 8427 | |
| 8428 /* (matching {) | |
| 8429 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by | |
| 8430 * comments) align at column 0. For example: | |
| 8431 * char *string_array[] = { "foo", | |
| 8432 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * / | |
| 8433 */ | |
| 8434 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL)) | |
| 8435 break; | |
| 8436 | |
| 8437 /* | |
| 3186 | 8438 * Find a line only has a semicolon that belongs to a previous |
| 8439 * line ending in '}', e.g. before an #endif. Don't increase | |
| 8440 * indent then. | |
| 8441 */ | |
| 8442 if (*(look = skipwhite(l)) == ';' && cin_nocode(look + 1)) | |
| 8443 { | |
| 8444 pos_T curpos_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8445 | |
| 8446 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 8447 { | |
| 8448 look = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 8449 if (!(cin_nocode(look) || cin_ispreproc_cont( | |
| 8450 &look, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))) | |
| 8451 break; | |
| 8452 } | |
| 8453 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 0 | |
| 8454 && cin_ends_in(look, (char_u *)"}", NULL)) | |
| 8455 break; | |
| 8456 | |
| 8457 curwin->w_cursor = curpos_save; | |
| 8458 } | |
| 8459 | |
| 8460 /* | |
| 7 | 8461 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current |
| 8462 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as | |
| 8463 * parameters. | |
| 8464 */ | |
| 3220 | 8465 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, |
| 8466 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) | |
| 7 | 8467 { |
| 8468 amount = ind_param; | |
| 8469 break; | |
| 8470 } | |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 /* | |
| 8473 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the | |
| 8474 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero: | |
| 8475 * int foo, | |
| 8476 * bar; | |
| 8477 * indent_to_0 here; | |
| 8478 */ | |
| 828 | 8479 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL)) |
| 7 | 8480 { |
| 8481 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); | |
| 8482 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL) | |
| 8483 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')) | |
| 8484 break; | |
| 8485 l = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8486 } | |
| 8487 | |
| 8488 /* | |
| 8489 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just | |
| 8490 * use the indent of this line. | |
| 8491 * | |
| 8492 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that | |
| 8493 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line. | |
| 8494 */ | |
| 8495 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'); | |
| 8496 | |
| 8497 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, | |
| 8498 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) | |
| 1550 | 8499 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos; |
| 7 | 8500 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */ |
| 8501 break; | |
| 8502 } | |
| 8503 | |
| 8504 /* add extra indent for a comment */ | |
| 8505 if (cin_iscomment(theline)) | |
| 8506 amount += ind_comment; | |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash: | |
| 8509 * "asdfasdf\ | |
| 8510 * here"; | |
| 8511 * char *foo = "asdf\ | |
| 8512 * here"; | |
| 8513 */ | |
| 8514 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1) | |
| 8515 { | |
| 8516 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8517 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\') | |
| 8518 { | |
| 8519 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1); | |
| 8520 if (cur_amount > 0) | |
| 8521 amount = cur_amount; | |
| 8522 else if (cur_amount == 0) | |
| 8523 amount += ind_continuation; | |
| 8524 } | |
| 8525 } | |
| 8526 } | |
| 8527 } | |
| 8528 | |
| 8529 theend: | |
| 8530 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */ | |
| 8531 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos; | |
| 8532 | |
| 8533 vim_free(linecopy); | |
| 8534 | |
| 8535 if (amount < 0) | |
| 8536 return 0; | |
| 8537 return amount; | |
| 8538 } | |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 static int | |
| 8541 find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) | |
| 8542 int lookfor; | |
| 8543 linenr_T ourscope; | |
| 8544 int ind_maxparen; | |
| 8545 int ind_maxcomment; | |
| 8546 { | |
| 8547 char_u *look; | |
| 8548 pos_T *theirscope; | |
| 8549 char_u *mightbeif; | |
| 8550 int elselevel; | |
| 8551 int whilelevel; | |
| 8552 | |
| 8553 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8554 { | |
| 8555 elselevel = 1; | |
| 8556 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8557 } | |
| 8558 else | |
| 8559 { | |
| 8560 elselevel = 0; | |
| 8561 whilelevel = 1; | |
| 8562 } | |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8565 | |
| 8566 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1) | |
| 8567 { | |
| 8568 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--; | |
| 8569 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8572 if (cin_iselse(look) | |
| 8573 || cin_isif(look) | |
| 8574 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */ | |
| 8575 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8576 { | |
| 8577 /* | |
| 8578 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely, | |
| 8579 * we must be out of scope... | |
| 8580 */ | |
| 8581 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */ | |
| 8582 if (theirscope == NULL) | |
| 8583 break; | |
| 8584 | |
| 8585 /* | |
| 8586 * and if the brace enclosing this is further | |
| 8587 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're | |
| 8588 * out of luck too. | |
| 8589 */ | |
| 8590 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope) | |
| 8591 break; | |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 /* | |
| 8594 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace, | |
| 8595 * then we can ignore it because it's in a | |
| 8596 * different scope... | |
| 8597 */ | |
| 8598 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope) | |
| 8599 continue; | |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 /* | |
| 8602 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if") | |
| 8603 * then we need to go back to another if, so | |
| 8604 * increment elselevel | |
| 8605 */ | |
| 8606 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8607 if (cin_iselse(look)) | |
| 8608 { | |
| 8609 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4); | |
| 8610 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif)) | |
| 8611 ++elselevel; | |
| 8612 continue; | |
| 8613 } | |
| 8614 | |
| 8615 /* | |
| 8616 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to | |
| 8617 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX | |
| 8618 */ | |
| 8619 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen)) | |
| 8620 { | |
| 8621 ++whilelevel; | |
| 8622 continue; | |
| 8623 } | |
| 8624 | |
| 8625 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */ | |
| 8626 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 8627 if (cin_isif(look)) | |
| 8628 { | |
| 8629 elselevel--; | |
| 8630 /* | |
| 8631 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that | |
| 8632 * get in the way. | |
| 8633 */ | |
| 8634 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF) | |
| 8635 whilelevel = 0; | |
| 8636 } | |
| 8637 | |
| 8638 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */ | |
| 8639 if (cin_isdo(look)) | |
| 8640 whilelevel--; | |
| 8641 | |
| 8642 /* | |
| 8643 * if we've used up all the elses, then | |
| 8644 * this must be the if that we want! | |
| 8645 * match the indent level of that if. | |
| 8646 */ | |
| 8647 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0) | |
| 8648 { | |
| 8649 return OK; | |
| 8650 } | |
| 8651 } | |
| 8652 } | |
| 8653 return FAIL; | |
| 8654 } | |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8657 /* | |
| 8658 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'. | |
| 8659 */ | |
| 8660 int | |
| 8661 get_expr_indent() | |
| 8662 { | |
| 8663 int indent; | |
| 8664 pos_T pos; | |
| 8665 int save_State; | |
| 681 | 8666 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr", |
| 8667 OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 7 | 8668 |
| 8669 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8670 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 634 | 8671 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8672 ++sandbox; | |
| 8673 ++textlock; | |
| 7 | 8674 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde); |
| 634 | 8675 if (use_sandbox) |
| 8676 --sandbox; | |
| 8677 --textlock; | |
| 7 | 8678 |
| 8679 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to. | |
| 8680 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o" | |
| 8681 * command. */ | |
| 8682 save_State = State; | |
| 8683 State = INSERT; | |
| 8684 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 8685 check_cursor(); | |
| 8686 State = save_State; | |
| 8687 | |
| 8688 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */ | |
| 8689 if (indent < 0) | |
| 8690 indent = get_indent(); | |
| 8691 | |
| 8692 return indent; | |
| 8693 } | |
| 8694 # endif | |
| 8695 | |
| 8696 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 8699 | |
| 8700 static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 8701 | |
| 8702 static int | |
| 8703 lisp_match(p) | |
| 8704 char_u *p; | |
| 8705 { | |
| 8706 char_u buf[LSIZE]; | |
| 8707 int len; | |
| 8708 char_u *word = p_lispwords; | |
| 8709 | |
| 8710 while (*word != NUL) | |
| 8711 { | |
| 8712 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 8713 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 8714 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ') | |
| 8715 return TRUE; | |
| 8716 } | |
| 8717 return FALSE; | |
| 8718 } | |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 /* | |
| 8721 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used. | |
| 8722 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting | |
| 8723 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still | |
| 8724 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org | |
| 8725 * | |
| 8726 * TODO: | |
| 8727 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch | |
| 8728 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented: | |
| 8729 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals | |
| 8730 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon | |
| 8731 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal | |
| 8732 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases. | |
| 14 | 8733 * Update from Sergey Khorev: |
| 8734 * I tried to fix the first two issues. | |
| 7 | 8735 */ |
| 8736 int | |
| 8737 get_lisp_indent() | |
| 8738 { | |
| 14 | 8739 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren; |
| 7 | 8740 int amount; |
| 8741 char_u *that; | |
| 8742 colnr_T col; | |
| 8743 colnr_T firsttry; | |
| 8744 int parencount, quotecount; | |
| 8745 int vi_lisp; | |
| 8746 | |
| 8747 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */ | |
| 8748 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL); | |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 realpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8751 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 8752 | |
| 14 | 8753 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL) |
| 8754 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8755 else | |
| 8756 { | |
| 8757 paren = *pos; | |
| 8758 pos = findmatch(NULL, '['); | |
| 8759 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren)) | |
| 8760 pos = &paren; | |
| 8761 } | |
| 8762 if (pos != NULL) | |
| 7 | 8763 { |
| 8764 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white | |
| 8765 * line that is at the same () level. */ | |
| 8766 amount = -1; | |
| 8767 parencount = 0; | |
| 8768 | |
| 8769 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum) | |
| 8770 { | |
| 8771 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 8772 continue; | |
| 8773 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that) | |
| 8774 { | |
| 8775 if (*that == ';') | |
| 8776 { | |
| 8777 while (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8778 ++that; | |
| 8779 continue; | |
| 8780 } | |
| 8781 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8782 { | |
| 8783 if (*(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8784 ++that; | |
| 8785 continue; | |
| 8786 } | |
| 8787 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL) | |
| 8788 { | |
| 983 | 8789 while (*++that && *that != '"') |
| 8790 { | |
| 8791 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */ | |
| 8792 if (*that == '\\') | |
| 8793 { | |
| 8794 if (*++that == NUL) | |
| 8795 break; | |
| 8796 if (that[1] == NUL) | |
| 8797 { | |
| 8798 ++that; | |
| 8799 break; | |
| 8800 } | |
| 8801 } | |
| 8802 } | |
| 7 | 8803 } |
| 14 | 8804 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8805 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8806 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 7 | 8807 --parencount; |
| 8808 } | |
| 8809 if (parencount == 0) | |
| 8810 { | |
| 8811 amount = get_indent(); | |
| 8812 break; | |
| 8813 } | |
| 8814 } | |
| 8815 | |
| 8816 if (amount == -1) | |
| 8817 { | |
| 8818 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 8819 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col; | |
| 8820 col = pos->col; | |
| 8821 | |
| 8822 that = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 8823 | |
| 8824 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0) | |
| 8825 amount = 2; | |
| 8826 else | |
| 8827 { | |
| 8828 amount = 0; | |
| 8829 while (*that && col) | |
| 8830 { | |
| 8831 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8832 col--; | |
| 8833 } | |
| 8834 | |
| 8835 /* | |
| 8836 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the | |
| 8837 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms): | |
| 8838 * | |
| 8839 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1)) | |
| 8840 * (...)) of (...)) | |
| 8841 */ | |
| 8842 | |
| 14 | 8843 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8844 && lisp_match(that + 1)) | |
| 7 | 8845 amount += 2; |
| 8846 else | |
| 8847 { | |
| 8848 that++; | |
| 8849 amount++; | |
| 8850 firsttry = amount; | |
| 8851 | |
| 8852 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8853 { | |
| 8854 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8855 ++that; | |
| 8856 } | |
| 8857 | |
| 8858 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */ | |
| 8859 { | |
| 1532 | 8860 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do |
| 7 | 8861 * argument if it is more than one line */ |
| 14 | 8862 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[') |
| 7 | 8863 firsttry++; |
| 8864 | |
| 8865 parencount = 0; | |
| 8866 quotecount = 0; | |
| 8867 | |
| 8868 if (vi_lisp | |
| 8869 || (*that != '"' | |
| 8870 && *that != '\'' | |
| 8871 && *that != '#' | |
| 8872 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9'))) | |
| 8873 { | |
| 8874 while (*that | |
| 8875 && (!vim_iswhite(*that) | |
| 8876 || quotecount | |
| 8877 || parencount) | |
| 14 | 8878 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 7 | 8879 && !quotecount |
| 8880 && !parencount | |
| 8881 && vi_lisp))) | |
| 8882 { | |
| 8883 if (*that == '"') | |
| 8884 quotecount = !quotecount; | |
| 14 | 8885 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[') |
| 8886 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8887 ++parencount; |
| 14 | 8888 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']') |
| 8889 && !quotecount) | |
| 7 | 8890 --parencount; |
| 8891 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL) | |
| 8892 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8893 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8894 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, | |
| 8895 (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8896 } | |
| 8897 } | |
| 8898 while (vim_iswhite(*that)) | |
| 8899 { | |
| 8900 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount); | |
| 8901 that++; | |
| 8902 } | |
| 8903 if (!*that || *that == ';') | |
| 8904 amount = firsttry; | |
| 8905 } | |
| 8906 } | |
| 8907 } | |
| 8908 } | |
| 8909 } | |
| 8910 else | |
| 14 | 8911 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */ |
| 7 | 8912 |
| 8913 curwin->w_cursor = realpos; | |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 return amount; | |
| 8916 } | |
| 8917 #endif /* FEAT_LISP */ | |
| 8918 | |
| 8919 void | |
| 8920 prepare_to_exit() | |
| 8921 { | |
| 39 | 8922 #if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN) |
| 8923 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which | |
| 8924 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance | |
| 8925 * problems. */ | |
| 36 | 8926 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN); |
| 8927 #endif | |
| 8928 | |
| 7 | 8929 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 8930 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8931 { | |
| 8932 gui.dying = TRUE; | |
| 8933 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */ | |
| 8934 } | |
| 8935 else | |
| 8936 #endif | |
| 8937 { | |
| 8938 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
| 8939 | |
| 8940 /* | |
| 8941 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal" | |
| 8942 * screen (if there are two screens). | |
| 8943 */ | |
| 8944 settmode(TMODE_COOK); | |
| 8945 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 8946 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE) | |
| 8947 #endif | |
| 8948 stoptermcap(); | |
| 8949 out_flush(); | |
| 8950 } | |
| 8951 } | |
| 8952 | |
| 8953 /* | |
| 8954 * Preserve files and exit. | |
| 8955 * When called IObuff must contain a message. | |
| 8956 */ | |
| 8957 void | |
| 8958 preserve_exit() | |
| 8959 { | |
| 8960 buf_T *buf; | |
| 8961 | |
| 8962 prepare_to_exit(); | |
| 8963 | |
| 625 | 8964 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free() |
| 8965 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */ | |
| 8966 really_exiting = TRUE; | |
| 8967 | |
| 7 | 8968 out_str(IObuff); |
| 8969 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8970 out_flush(); | |
| 8971 | |
| 8972 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */ | |
| 8973 | |
| 8974 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
| 8975 { | |
| 8976 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL) | |
| 8977 { | |
| 8978 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n")); | |
| 8979 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8980 out_flush(); | |
| 8981 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */ | |
| 8982 break; | |
| 8983 } | |
| 8984 } | |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */ | |
| 8987 | |
| 8988 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n")); | |
| 8989 | |
| 8990 getout(1); | |
| 8991 } | |
| 8992 | |
| 8993 /* | |
| 8994 * return TRUE if "fname" exists. | |
| 8995 */ | |
| 8996 int | |
| 8997 vim_fexists(fname) | |
| 8998 char_u *fname; | |
| 8999 { | |
| 9000 struct stat st; | |
| 9001 | |
| 9002 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st)) | |
| 9003 return FALSE; | |
| 9004 return TRUE; | |
| 9005 } | |
| 9006 | |
| 9007 /* | |
| 9008 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while. | |
| 9009 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for | |
| 9010 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much | |
| 9011 * time, because it can be a system call. | |
| 9012 */ | |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 #ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP | |
| 9015 # ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */ | |
| 9016 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200 | |
| 9017 # else | |
| 9018 # define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32 | |
| 9019 # endif | |
| 9020 #endif | |
| 9021 | |
| 9022 static int breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9023 | |
| 9024 void | |
| 9025 line_breakcheck() | |
| 9026 { | |
| 9027 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP) | |
| 9028 { | |
| 9029 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9030 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9031 } | |
| 9032 } | |
| 9033 | |
| 9034 /* | |
| 9035 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often. | |
| 9036 */ | |
| 9037 void | |
| 9038 fast_breakcheck() | |
| 9039 { | |
| 9040 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10) | |
| 9041 { | |
| 9042 breakcheck_count = 0; | |
| 9043 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9044 } | |
| 9045 } | |
| 9046 | |
| 9047 /* | |
| 2016 | 9048 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern. |
| 9049 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion. | |
| 9050 * Returns OK or FAIL. | |
| 9051 */ | |
| 9052 int | |
| 9053 expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9054 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */ | |
| 9055 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9056 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9057 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9058 { | |
| 9059 int ret = FAIL; | |
| 9060 char_u *eval_pat = NULL; | |
| 9061 char_u *exp_pat = *pat; | |
| 9062 char_u *ignored_msg; | |
| 9063 int usedlen; | |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<') | |
| 9066 { | |
| 9067 ++emsg_off; | |
| 9068 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen, | |
| 9069 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL); | |
| 9070 --emsg_off; | |
| 9071 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9072 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen); | |
| 9073 } | |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 if (exp_pat != NULL) | |
| 9076 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9077 | |
| 9078 if (eval_pat != NULL) | |
| 9079 { | |
| 9080 vim_free(exp_pat); | |
| 9081 vim_free(eval_pat); | |
| 9082 } | |
| 9083 | |
| 9084 return ret; | |
| 9085 } | |
| 9086 | |
| 9087 /* | |
| 7 | 9088 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching |
| 9089 * 'wildignore'. | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9090 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set. |
| 7 | 9091 */ |
| 9092 int | |
| 9093 expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 9094 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 9095 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 9096 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 9097 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 9098 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */ | |
| 9099 { | |
| 9100 int retval; | |
| 9101 int i, j; | |
| 9102 char_u *p; | |
| 9103 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */ | |
| 9104 | |
| 9105 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 9106 | |
| 9107 /* When keeping all matches, return here */ | |
|
2354
f4440cdd59ae
Fixed: crash with ":find " completion, using uninitialized count.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2328
diff
changeset
|
9108 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL) |
| 7 | 9109 return retval; |
| 9110 | |
| 9111 #ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN | |
| 9112 /* | |
| 9113 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'. | |
| 9114 */ | |
| 9115 if (*p_wig) | |
| 9116 { | |
| 9117 char_u *ffname; | |
| 9118 | |
| 9119 /* check all files in (*file)[] */ | |
| 9120 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9121 { | |
| 9122 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE); | |
| 9123 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 9124 break; | |
| 9125 # ifdef VMS | |
| 9126 vms_remove_version(ffname); | |
| 9127 # endif | |
| 9128 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname)) | |
| 9129 { | |
| 9130 /* remove this matching file from the list */ | |
| 9131 vim_free((*file)[i]); | |
| 9132 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j) | |
| 9133 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1]; | |
| 9134 --*num_file; | |
| 9135 --i; | |
| 9136 } | |
| 9137 vim_free(ffname); | |
| 9138 } | |
| 9139 } | |
| 9140 #endif | |
| 9141 | |
| 9142 /* | |
| 9143 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end. | |
| 9144 */ | |
| 9145 if (*num_file > 1) | |
| 9146 { | |
| 9147 non_suf_match = 0; | |
| 9148 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i) | |
| 9149 { | |
| 9150 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i])) | |
| 9151 { | |
| 9152 /* | |
| 9153 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front | |
| 9154 * of the list. | |
| 9155 */ | |
| 9156 p = (*file)[i]; | |
| 9157 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j) | |
| 9158 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1]; | |
| 9159 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p; | |
| 9160 } | |
| 9161 } | |
| 9162 } | |
| 9163 | |
| 9164 return retval; | |
| 9165 } | |
| 9166 | |
| 9167 /* | |
| 9168 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'. | |
| 9169 */ | |
| 9170 int | |
| 9171 match_suffix(fname) | |
| 9172 char_u *fname; | |
| 9173 { | |
| 9174 int fnamelen, setsuflen; | |
| 9175 char_u *setsuf; | |
| 9176 #define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */ | |
| 9177 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN]; | |
| 9178 | |
| 9179 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname); | |
| 9180 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9181 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; ) | |
| 9182 { | |
| 9183 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,"); | |
| 1937 | 9184 if (setsuflen == 0) |
| 9185 { | |
| 9186 char_u *tail = gettail(fname); | |
| 9187 | |
| 9188 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */ | |
| 9189 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL) | |
| 9190 { | |
| 9191 setsuflen = 1; | |
| 9192 break; | |
| 9193 } | |
| 9194 } | |
| 9195 else | |
| 9196 { | |
| 9197 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen | |
| 9198 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen, | |
| 9199 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0) | |
| 9200 break; | |
| 9201 setsuflen = 0; | |
| 9202 } | |
| 7 | 9203 } |
| 9204 return (setsuflen != 0); | |
| 9205 } | |
| 9206 | |
| 9207 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9208 | |
| 9209 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 9210 static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p)); | |
| 9211 static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags)); | |
| 9212 # endif | |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 # if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264) | |
| 9215 /* | |
| 9216 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because | |
| 9217 * it's shared between these systems. | |
| 9218 */ | |
| 9219 # if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9220 # define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */ | |
| 9221 # else | |
| 9222 # ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
| 9223 # define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF | |
| 9224 # endif | |
| 9225 # endif | |
| 9226 | |
| 9227 /* | |
| 9228 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath() | |
| 9229 */ | |
| 9230 static int _cdecl | |
| 9231 pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b) | |
| 9232 { | |
| 39 | 9233 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); |
| 7 | 9234 } |
| 9235 | |
| 9236 # ifndef WIN3264 | |
| 9237 static void | |
| 9238 namelowcpy( | |
| 9239 char_u *d, | |
| 9240 char_u *s) | |
| 9241 { | |
| 9242 # ifdef DJGPP | |
| 9243 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */ | |
| 9244 while (*s) | |
| 9245 *d++ = *s++; | |
| 9246 else | |
| 9247 # endif | |
| 9248 while (*s) | |
| 9249 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++); | |
| 9250 *d = NUL; | |
| 9251 } | |
| 9252 # endif | |
| 9253 | |
| 9254 /* | |
| 445 | 9255 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or |
| 9256 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 7 | 9257 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9258 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9259 * at "path[wildoff]". | |
| 445 | 9260 * Return the number of matches found. |
| 9261 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 7 | 9262 */ |
| 9263 static int | |
| 9264 dos_expandpath( | |
| 9265 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9266 char_u *path, | |
| 9267 int wildoff, | |
| 445 | 9268 int flags, /* EW_* flags */ |
| 1224 | 9269 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */ |
| 445 | 9270 { |
| 9271 char_u *buf; | |
| 9272 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9273 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9274 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9275 char_u *pat; | |
| 9276 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9277 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9278 int matches; | |
| 9279 int len; | |
| 9280 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9281 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 7 | 9282 #ifdef WIN3264 |
| 9283 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb; | |
| 9284 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0; | |
| 9285 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9286 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb; | |
| 9287 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */ | |
| 9288 # endif | |
| 9289 #else | |
| 9290 struct ffblk fb; | |
| 9291 #endif | |
| 9292 char_u *matchname; | |
| 445 | 9293 int ok; |
| 9294 | |
| 9295 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9296 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9297 { | |
| 9298 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9299 if (got_int) | |
| 9300 return 0; | |
| 9301 } | |
| 7 | 9302 |
| 9303 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 445 | 9304 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); |
| 7 | 9305 if (buf == NULL) |
| 9306 return 0; | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 /* | |
| 9309 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1. | |
| 9310 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters. | |
| 9311 */ | |
| 9312 p = buf; | |
| 9313 s = buf; | |
| 9314 e = NULL; | |
| 9315 path_end = path; | |
| 9316 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9317 { | |
| 9318 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9319 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9320 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9321 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9322 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/') | |
| 9323 { | |
| 9324 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9325 break; | |
| 9326 s = p + 1; | |
| 9327 } | |
| 9328 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 9329 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL) | |
| 9330 e = p; | |
| 9331 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9332 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9333 { | |
| 474 | 9334 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 7 | 9335 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9336 p += len; | |
| 9337 path_end += len; | |
| 9338 } | |
| 9339 else | |
| 9340 #endif | |
| 9341 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9342 } | |
| 9343 e = p; | |
| 9344 *e = NUL; | |
| 9345 | |
| 9346 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */ | |
| 9347 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard | |
| 9348 * component. */ | |
| 9349 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9350 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9351 { | |
| 1624 | 9352 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 7 | 9353 --e; |
| 9354 --s; | |
| 9355 } | |
| 9356 | |
| 445 | 9357 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ |
| 9358 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9359 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9360 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9361 | |
| 7 | 9362 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); |
| 9363 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9364 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9365 { | |
| 9366 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9367 return 0; | |
| 9368 } | |
| 9369 | |
| 9370 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 3261 | 9371 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9372 ++emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9373 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */ |
| 9374 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); | |
| 3261 | 9375 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 2966 | 9376 --emsg_silent; |
| 7 | 9377 vim_free(pat); |
| 9378 | |
| 3261 | 9379 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 7 | 9380 { |
| 9381 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9382 return 0; | |
| 9383 } | |
| 9384 | |
| 9385 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */ | |
| 9386 matchname = vim_strsave(s); | |
| 9387 | |
| 445 | 9388 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more |
| 9389 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9390 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9391 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9392 { | |
| 9393 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9394 ++stardepth; | |
| 9395 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9396 --stardepth; | |
| 9397 } | |
| 9398 | |
| 7 | 9399 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */ |
| 9400 STRCPY(s, "*.*"); | |
| 9401 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9402 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9403 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) | |
| 9404 { | |
| 9405 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the | |
| 9406 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back | |
| 9407 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */ | |
| 1752 | 9408 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9409 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9410 { | |
| 9411 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9412 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE | |
| 9413 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED) | |
| 9414 { | |
| 9415 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9416 wn = NULL; | |
| 9417 } | |
| 9418 } | |
| 9419 } | |
| 9420 | |
| 9421 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9422 # endif | |
| 9423 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9424 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9425 #else | |
| 9426 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */ | |
| 9427 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9428 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9429 #endif | |
| 9430 | |
| 9431 while (ok) | |
| 9432 { | |
| 9433 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9434 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9435 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 1752 | 9436 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */ |
| 7 | 9437 else |
| 9438 # endif | |
| 9439 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName; | |
| 9440 #else | |
| 9441 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name; | |
| 9442 #endif | |
| 9443 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept | |
| 9444 * all entries found with "matchname". */ | |
| 9445 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 9446 && (matchname == NULL | |
| 3261 | 9447 || (regmatch.regprog != NULL |
| 9448 && vim_regexec(®match, p, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9449 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9450 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), p, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 7 | 9451 { |
| 9452 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9453 STRCPY(s, p); | |
| 9454 #else | |
| 9455 namelowcpy(s, p); | |
| 9456 #endif | |
| 9457 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); | |
| 445 | 9458 |
| 9459 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9460 { | |
| 9461 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9462 * find matches. */ | |
| 9463 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9464 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9465 ++stardepth; | |
| 9466 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9467 --stardepth; | |
| 9468 } | |
| 9469 | |
| 7 | 9470 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); |
| 9471 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) | |
| 9472 { | |
| 9473 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9474 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 445 | 9475 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9476 } |
| 9477 else | |
| 9478 { | |
| 9479 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9480 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9481 if (*path_end != 0) | |
| 9482 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9483 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9484 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9485 } | |
| 9486 } | |
| 9487 | |
| 9488 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9489 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9490 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9491 { | |
| 9492 vim_free(p); | |
| 9493 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb); | |
| 9494 } | |
| 9495 else | |
| 9496 # endif | |
| 9497 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb); | |
| 9498 #else | |
| 9499 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0); | |
| 9500 #endif | |
| 9501 | |
| 9502 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name | |
| 9503 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */ | |
| 9504 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len) | |
| 9505 { | |
| 9506 STRCPY(s, matchname); | |
| 9507 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9508 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9509 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9510 if (wn != NULL) | |
| 9511 { | |
| 9512 vim_free(wn); | |
| 1752 | 9513 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL); |
| 7 | 9514 if (wn != NULL) |
| 9515 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb); | |
| 9516 } | |
| 9517 if (wn == NULL) | |
| 9518 # endif | |
| 9519 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb); | |
| 9520 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE); | |
| 9521 #else | |
| 9522 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb, | |
| 9523 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0); | |
| 9524 #endif | |
| 9525 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9526 matchname = NULL; | |
| 9527 } | |
| 9528 } | |
| 9529 | |
| 9530 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 9531 FindClose(hFind); | |
| 9532 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9533 vim_free(wn); | |
| 9534 # endif | |
| 9535 #endif | |
| 9536 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9537 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9538 vim_free(matchname); | |
| 9539 | |
| 9540 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9541 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9542 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches, | |
| 9543 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9544 return matches; | |
| 9545 } | |
| 9546 | |
| 9547 int | |
| 9548 mch_expandpath( | |
| 9549 garray_T *gap, | |
| 9550 char_u *path, | |
| 9551 int flags) /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9552 { | |
| 445 | 9553 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE); |
| 7 | 9554 } |
| 9555 # endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */ | |
| 9556 | |
| 445 | 9557 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \ |
| 9558 || defined(PROTO) | |
| 9559 /* | |
| 9560 * Unix style wildcard expansion code. | |
| 9561 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac. | |
| 9562 */ | |
| 9563 static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *)); | |
| 9564 | |
| 9565 static int | |
| 9566 pstrcmp(a, b) | |
| 9567 const void *a, *b; | |
| 9568 { | |
| 9569 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1)); | |
| 9570 } | |
| 9571 | |
| 9572 /* | |
| 9573 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or | |
| 9574 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc. | |
| 9575 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting | |
| 9576 * at "path + wildoff". | |
| 9577 * Return the number of matches found. | |
| 9578 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync! | |
| 9579 */ | |
| 9580 int | |
| 9581 unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar) | |
| 9582 garray_T *gap; | |
| 9583 char_u *path; | |
| 9584 int wildoff; | |
| 9585 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 9586 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */ | |
| 9587 { | |
| 9588 char_u *buf; | |
| 9589 char_u *path_end; | |
| 9590 char_u *p, *s, *e; | |
| 9591 int start_len = gap->ga_len; | |
| 9592 char_u *pat; | |
| 9593 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 9594 int starts_with_dot; | |
| 9595 int matches; | |
| 9596 int len; | |
| 9597 int starstar = FALSE; | |
| 9598 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */ | |
| 9599 | |
| 9600 DIR *dirp; | |
| 9601 struct dirent *dp; | |
| 9602 | |
| 9603 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */ | |
| 9604 if (stardepth > 0) | |
| 9605 { | |
| 9606 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 9607 if (got_int) | |
| 9608 return 0; | |
| 9609 } | |
| 9610 | |
| 9611 /* make room for file name */ | |
| 9612 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5); | |
| 9613 if (buf == NULL) | |
| 9614 return 0; | |
| 9615 | |
| 9616 /* | |
| 9617 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard. | |
| 3505 | 9618 * When EW_ICASE is set every letter is considered to be a wildcard. |
| 445 | 9619 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters. |
| 9620 */ | |
| 9621 p = buf; | |
| 9622 s = buf; | |
| 9623 e = NULL; | |
| 9624 path_end = path; | |
| 9625 while (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9626 { | |
| 9627 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will | |
| 9628 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */ | |
| 9629 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end)) | |
| 9630 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9631 else if (*path_end == '/') | |
| 9632 { | |
| 9633 if (e != NULL) | |
| 9634 break; | |
| 9635 s = p + 1; | |
| 9636 } | |
| 9637 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff | |
| 3505 | 9638 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL |
| 9639 #ifndef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 9640 || ((flags & EW_ICASE) | |
| 9641 && isalpha(PTR2CHAR(path_end))) | |
| 9642 #endif | |
| 9643 )) | |
| 445 | 9644 e = p; |
| 9645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9646 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 9647 { | |
| 474 | 9648 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end); |
| 445 | 9649 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len); |
| 9650 p += len; | |
| 9651 path_end += len; | |
| 9652 } | |
| 9653 else | |
| 9654 #endif | |
| 9655 *p++ = *path_end++; | |
| 9656 } | |
| 9657 e = p; | |
| 9658 *e = NUL; | |
| 9659 | |
| 2984 | 9660 /* Now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e". */ |
| 445 | 9661 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard |
| 9662 * component. */ | |
| 9663 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p) | |
| 9664 if (rem_backslash(p)) | |
| 9665 { | |
| 1624 | 9666 STRMOVE(p, p + 1); |
| 445 | 9667 --e; |
| 9668 --s; | |
| 9669 } | |
| 9670 | |
| 9671 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */ | |
| 9672 for (p = s; p < e; ++p) | |
| 9673 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*') | |
| 9674 starstar = TRUE; | |
| 9675 | |
| 9676 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */ | |
| 9677 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.'); | |
| 9678 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE); | |
| 9679 if (pat == NULL) | |
| 9680 { | |
| 9681 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9682 return 0; | |
| 9683 } | |
| 9684 | |
| 9685 /* compile the regexp into a program */ | |
| 587 | 9686 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME |
| 445 | 9687 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */ |
| 9688 #else | |
| 2652 | 9689 if (flags & EW_ICASE) |
| 9690 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */ | |
| 9691 else | |
| 9692 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */ | |
| 445 | 9693 #endif |
| 3261 | 9694 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9695 ++emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9696 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3261 | 9697 if (flags & (EW_NOERROR | EW_NOTWILD)) |
| 9698 --emsg_silent; | |
| 445 | 9699 vim_free(pat); |
| 9700 | |
| 3261 | 9701 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL && (flags & EW_NOTWILD) == 0) |
| 445 | 9702 { |
| 9703 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9704 return 0; | |
| 9705 } | |
| 9706 | |
| 9707 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more | |
| 9708 * is following then find matches without any directory. */ | |
| 9709 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2 | |
| 9710 && *path_end == '/') | |
| 9711 { | |
| 9712 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1); | |
| 9713 ++stardepth; | |
| 9714 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE); | |
| 9715 --stardepth; | |
| 9716 } | |
| 9717 | |
| 9718 /* open the directory for scanning */ | |
| 9719 *s = NUL; | |
| 9720 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf); | |
| 9721 | |
| 9722 /* Find all matching entries */ | |
| 9723 if (dirp != NULL) | |
| 9724 { | |
| 9725 for (;;) | |
| 9726 { | |
| 9727 dp = readdir(dirp); | |
| 9728 if (dp == NULL) | |
| 9729 break; | |
| 9730 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot) | |
| 3261 | 9731 && ((regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, |
| 9732 (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0)) | |
| 2984 | 9733 || ((flags & EW_NOTWILD) |
| 9734 && fnamencmp(path + (s - buf), dp->d_name, e - s) == 0))) | |
| 445 | 9735 { |
| 9736 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name); | |
| 9737 len = STRLEN(buf); | |
| 9738 | |
| 9739 if (starstar && stardepth < 100) | |
| 9740 { | |
| 9741 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to | |
| 9742 * find matches. */ | |
| 9743 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**"); | |
| 9744 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end); | |
| 9745 ++stardepth; | |
| 9746 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE); | |
| 9747 --stardepth; | |
| 9748 } | |
| 9749 | |
| 9750 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end); | |
| 9751 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */ | |
| 9752 { | |
| 9753 /* need to expand another component of the path */ | |
| 9754 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9755 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE); | |
| 9756 } | |
| 9757 else | |
| 9758 { | |
| 9759 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */ | |
| 9760 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */ | |
| 9761 if (*path_end != NUL) | |
| 9762 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1); | |
| 9763 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */ | |
| 9764 { | |
| 768 | 9765 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 445 | 9766 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1; |
| 9767 char_u *precomp_buf = | |
| 9768 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len); | |
| 768 | 9769 |
| 445 | 9770 if (precomp_buf) |
| 9771 { | |
| 9772 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len); | |
| 9773 vim_free(precomp_buf); | |
| 9774 } | |
| 9775 #endif | |
| 9776 addfile(gap, buf, flags); | |
| 9777 } | |
| 9778 } | |
| 9779 } | |
| 9780 } | |
| 9781 | |
| 9782 closedir(dirp); | |
| 9783 } | |
| 9784 | |
| 9785 vim_free(buf); | |
| 9786 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 9787 | |
| 9788 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len; | |
| 9789 if (matches > 0) | |
| 9790 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches, | |
| 9791 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp); | |
| 9792 return matches; | |
| 9793 } | |
| 9794 #endif | |
| 9795 | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9796 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9797 static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9798 static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i)); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9799 static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap)); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9800 static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap)); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9801 static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9802 static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags)); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9803 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9804 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9805 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9806 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9807 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9808 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9809 find_previous_pathsep(path, psep) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9810 char_u *path; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9811 char_u **psep; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9812 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9813 /* skip the current separator */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9814 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9815 --*psep; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9816 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9817 /* find the previous separator */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9818 while (*psep > path) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9819 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9820 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep)) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9821 return OK; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9822 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9823 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9824 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9825 return FAIL; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9826 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9827 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9828 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9829 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap". |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9830 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9831 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9832 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9833 is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9834 char_u *maybe_unique; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9835 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9836 int i; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9837 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9838 int j; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9839 int candidate_len; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9840 int other_path_len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9841 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9842 char_u *rival; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9843 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9844 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9845 { |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9846 if (j == i) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9847 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9848 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9849 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique); |
|
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
9850 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9851 if (other_path_len < candidate_len) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9852 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9853 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9854 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len; |
| 2574 | 9855 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0 |
| 9856 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1)))) | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9857 return FALSE; /* match */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9858 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9859 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9860 return TRUE; /* no match found */ |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9861 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9862 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9863 /* |
|
2460
b8eb7c0f74c2
Remove unused variable and STRLEN(). (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2435
diff
changeset
|
9864 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9865 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "." |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9866 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9867 * directory) notations. |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9868 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9869 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9870 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s). |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9871 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9872 static void |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9873 expand_path_option(curdir, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9874 char_u *curdir; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9875 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9876 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9877 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9878 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9879 char_u *buf; |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9880 char_u *p; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9881 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9882 |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
9883 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9884 return; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9885 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9886 while (*path_option != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9887 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9888 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,"); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9889 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9890 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1]))) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9891 { |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9892 /* Relative to current buffer: |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9893 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/" |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9894 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9895 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9896 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9897 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9898 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9899 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9900 continue; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9901 if (buf[1] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9902 buf[len] = NUL; |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9903 else |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9904 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9905 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9906 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9907 } |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9908 else if (buf[0] == NUL) |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9909 /* relative to current directory */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9910 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
9911 else if (path_with_url(buf)) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9912 /* URL can't be used here */ |
|
2495
a847363bf06e
Fix a few problems for :find completion. Test much more. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2487
diff
changeset
|
9913 continue; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9914 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf)) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9915 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9916 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9917 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9918 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9919 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9920 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9921 STRCPY(buf, curdir); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9922 buf[len] = PATHSEP; |
|
2476
6be86488996b
Fix: With 'path' set to relative directory ":find" completion didn't work.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2471
diff
changeset
|
9923 simplify_filename(buf); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9924 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9925 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9926 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9927 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9928 p = vim_strsave(buf); |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9929 if (p == NULL) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9930 break; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9931 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9932 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9933 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9934 vim_free(buf); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9935 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9936 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9937 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9938 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9939 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example: |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9940 * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9941 * path: /foo/bar/baz |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9942 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9943 * returns: ^this |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9944 */ |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9945 static char_u * |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9946 get_path_cutoff(fname, gap) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9947 char_u *fname; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9948 garray_T *gap; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9949 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9950 int i; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9951 int maxlen = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9952 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9953 char_u *cutoff = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9954 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9955 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9956 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9957 int j = 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9958 |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9959 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j] |
|
2534
e27def2ed69b
Make :find completion work better with the DJGPP build. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
9960 # if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9961 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j])) |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9962 #endif |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9963 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9964 j++; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9965 if (j > maxlen) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9966 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9967 maxlen = j; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9968 cutoff = &fname[j]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9969 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9970 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9971 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9972 /* skip to the file or directory name */ |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9973 if (cutoff != NULL) |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
9974 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff)) |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
9975 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9976 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9977 return cutoff; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9978 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9979 |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9980 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9981 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9982 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9983 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9984 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9985 static void |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9986 uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9987 garray_T *gap; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9988 char_u *pattern; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9989 { |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9990 int i; |
|
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
9991 int len; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9992 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9993 int sort_again = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9994 char_u *pat; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9995 char_u *file_pattern; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
9996 char_u *curdir; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
9997 regmatch_T regmatch; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
9998 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
9999 char_u **in_curdir = NULL; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10000 char_u *short_name; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10001 |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10002 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10003 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10004 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10005 /* |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10006 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10007 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10008 * possible patterns? |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10009 */ |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10010 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10011 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10012 if (file_pattern == NULL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10013 return; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10014 file_pattern[0] = '*'; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10015 file_pattern[1] = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10016 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10017 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10018 vim_free(file_pattern); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10019 if (pat == NULL) |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10020 return; |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10021 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10022 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */ |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10023 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10024 vim_free(pat); |
|
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10025 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10026 return; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10027 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10028 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10029 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10030 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10031 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10032 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10033 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *)); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10034 if (in_curdir == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10035 goto theend; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10036 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10037 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10038 { |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10039 char_u *path = fnames[i]; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10040 int is_in_curdir; |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10041 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10042 char_u *pathsep_p; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10043 char_u *path_cutoff; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10044 |
|
2322
70be008dff4f
Avoid compiler warnings for size_t to int conversions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2313
diff
changeset
|
10045 len = (int)STRLEN(path); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10046 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10047 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10048 if (is_in_curdir) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10049 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10050 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10051 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10052 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10053 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10054 /* we start at the end of the path */ |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10055 pathsep_p = path + len - 1; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10056 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10057 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10058 if (vim_regexec(®match, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10059 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10060 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10061 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10062 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10063 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10064 break; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10065 } |
| 2538 | 10066 |
| 10067 if (mch_isFullName(path)) | |
| 10068 { | |
| 10069 /* | |
| 10070 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible. | |
| 10071 * 'possible' means: | |
| 10072 * 1. It is under the current directory. | |
| 10073 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original. | |
| 10074 * | |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10075 * Before curdir After |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10076 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10077 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10078 * /file.txt / /file.txt |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10079 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt |
| 2538 | 10080 */ |
| 10081 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); | |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10082 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1 |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10083 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10084 /* On windows, |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10085 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b") |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10086 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10087 * name, hence: */ |
|
2549
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10088 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name) |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10089 #endif |
|
c210e31a2ec5
More fixes for :find completion. (mostly by Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2542
diff
changeset
|
10090 ) |
| 2538 | 10091 { |
| 10092 STRCPY(path, "."); | |
| 10093 add_pathsep(path); | |
|
2562
19f4f5ee3d1f
Fix: strcat() on overlapping string. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2559
diff
changeset
|
10094 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name); |
| 2538 | 10095 } |
| 10096 } | |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10097 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10098 } |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10099 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10100 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */ |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10101 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++) |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10102 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10103 char_u *rel_path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10104 char_u *path = in_curdir[i]; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10105 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10106 if (path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10107 continue; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10108 |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10109 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}. |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10110 * Else reduce it to {filename} */ |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10111 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10112 if (short_name == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10113 short_name = path; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10114 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i)) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10115 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10116 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10117 continue; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10118 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10119 |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10120 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2)); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10121 if (rel_path == NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10122 goto theend; |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10123 STRCPY(rel_path, "."); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10124 add_pathsep(rel_path); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10125 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10126 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10127 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10128 fnames[i] = rel_path; |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10129 sort_again = TRUE; |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10130 ui_breakcheck(); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10131 } |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10132 |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10133 theend: |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10134 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10135 if (in_curdir != NULL) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10136 { |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10137 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10138 vim_free(in_curdir[i]); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10139 vim_free(in_curdir); |
|
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10140 } |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10141 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
2387
797f7b467b03
Fix memory leak in :find completion. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2361
diff
changeset
|
10142 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10143 |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10144 if (sort_again) |
|
2361
e12685c50982
Fix some duplicates in ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2354
diff
changeset
|
10145 remove_duplicates(gap); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10146 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10147 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10148 /* |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10149 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10150 * result in "gap". |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10151 * Returns the total number of matches. |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10152 */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10153 static int |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10154 expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10155 garray_T *gap; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10156 char_u *pattern; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10157 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10158 { |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10159 char_u *curdir; |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10160 garray_T path_ga; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10161 char_u *files = NULL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10162 char_u *s; /* start */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10163 char_u *e; /* end */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10164 char_u *paths = NULL; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10165 |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10166 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL) |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10167 return 0; |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10168 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10169 |
|
2542
7a547db7070d
Improvements for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2538
diff
changeset
|
10170 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10171 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga); |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10172 vim_free(curdir); |
|
2481
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10173 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0) |
|
734196b073e0
Fix crash when no item in 'path' is used for :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2477
diff
changeset
|
10174 return 0; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10175 |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10176 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10177 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga); |
|
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10178 if (paths == NULL) |
|
2477
81bf2aaa979a
Fix crash in :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2476
diff
changeset
|
10179 return 0; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10180 |
| 2652 | 10181 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0); |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10182 vim_free(paths); |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10183 if (files == NULL) |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10184 return 0; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10185 |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10186 /* Copy each path in files into gap */ |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10187 s = e = files; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10188 while (*s != NUL) |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10189 { |
|
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10190 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10191 e++; |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10192 if (*e == NUL) |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10193 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10194 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10195 break; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10196 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10197 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10198 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10199 /* *e is '\n' */ |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10200 *e = NUL; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10201 addfile(gap, s, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10202 e++; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10203 s = e; |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10204 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10205 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10206 vim_free(files); |
|
2471
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10207 |
|
6570c136be32
Improvements for :find completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2460
diff
changeset
|
10208 return gap->ga_len; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10209 } |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10210 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10211 |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10212 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10213 /* |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10214 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a |
|
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10215 * list of file names in allocated memory. |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10216 */ |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10217 void |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10218 remove_duplicates(gap) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10219 garray_T *gap; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10220 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10221 int i; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10222 int j; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10223 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10224 |
|
2559
7850c8c12347
Cleanup in :find completion code. Make it work for "./subdir" in 'path'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2549
diff
changeset
|
10225 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len); |
|
2433
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10226 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10227 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10228 { |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10229 vim_free(fnames[i]); |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10230 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j) |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10231 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j]; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10232 --gap->ga_len; |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10233 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10234 } |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10235 #endif |
|
98b9a6b9e7d5
Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2429
diff
changeset
|
10236 |
| 7 | 10237 /* |
| 10238 * Generic wildcard expansion code. | |
| 10239 * | |
| 10240 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a | |
| 10241 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*" | |
| 10242 * | |
| 10243 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not | |
| 10244 * set, and "file" may contain an error message. | |
| 10245 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of | |
| 10246 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later. | |
| 10247 */ | |
| 10248 int | |
| 10249 gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags) | |
| 10250 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */ | |
| 10251 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */ | |
| 10252 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */ | |
| 10253 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */ | |
| 10254 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10255 { | |
| 10256 int i; | |
| 10257 garray_T ga; | |
| 10258 char_u *p; | |
| 10259 static int recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10260 int add_pat; | |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10261 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10262 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE; |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10263 #endif |
| 7 | 10264 |
| 10265 /* | |
| 10266 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails, | |
| 10267 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always | |
| 10268 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise, | |
| 10269 * return FAIL. | |
| 10270 */ | |
| 10271 if (recursive) | |
| 10272 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10273 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10274 #else | |
| 10275 return FAIL; | |
| 10276 #endif | |
| 10277 | |
| 10278 #ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR | |
| 10279 /* | |
| 10280 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle | |
| 10281 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This | |
| 10282 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately. | |
| 10283 * For `=expr` do use the internal function. | |
| 10284 */ | |
| 10285 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++) | |
| 10286 { | |
| 10287 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL | |
| 10288 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10289 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=') | |
| 10290 # endif | |
| 10291 ) | |
| 10292 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags); | |
| 10293 } | |
| 10294 #endif | |
| 10295 | |
| 10296 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 10297 | |
| 10298 /* | |
| 10299 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty. | |
| 10300 */ | |
| 10301 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30); | |
| 10302 | |
| 10303 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i) | |
| 10304 { | |
| 10305 add_pat = -1; | |
| 10306 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10307 | |
| 10308 #ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10309 if (vim_backtick(p)) | |
| 10310 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags); | |
| 10311 else | |
| 10312 #endif | |
| 10313 { | |
| 10314 /* | |
| 10315 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/". | |
| 10316 */ | |
| 2538 | 10317 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10318 { |
| 1408 | 10319 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10320 if (p == NULL) |
| 10321 p = pat[i]; | |
| 10322 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 10323 /* | |
| 10324 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment | |
| 10325 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously | |
| 10326 * found file names and start all over again. | |
| 10327 */ | |
| 2538 | 10328 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~') |
| 7 | 10329 { |
| 10330 vim_free(p); | |
| 1914 | 10331 ga_clear_strings(&ga); |
| 7 | 10332 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, |
| 10333 flags); | |
| 10334 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10335 return i; | |
| 10336 } | |
| 10337 #endif | |
| 10338 } | |
| 10339 | |
| 10340 /* | |
| 10341 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to | |
| 10342 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add | |
| 10343 * the pattern. | |
| 10344 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or | |
| 10345 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given. | |
| 10346 */ | |
| 10347 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p)) | |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10348 { |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10349 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10350 if ((flags & EW_PATH) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10351 && !mch_isFullName(p) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10352 && !(p[0] == '.' |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10353 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1]) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10354 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2])))) |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10355 ) |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10356 { |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10357 /* :find completion where 'path' is used. |
|
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10358 * Recursiveness is OK here. */ |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10359 recursive = FALSE; |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10360 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags); |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10361 recursive = TRUE; |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10362 did_expand_in_path = TRUE; |
|
2487
7ec9ada2cd81
Make :find completion consistent between Unix and MS-Windows. Add a test.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2481
diff
changeset
|
10363 } |
|
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10364 else |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10365 #endif |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10366 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags); |
|
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2302
diff
changeset
|
10367 } |
| 7 | 10368 } |
| 10369 | |
| 10370 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND))) | |
| 10371 { | |
| 10372 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p); | |
| 10373 | |
| 10374 #if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC) | |
| 10375 slash_to_colon(t); | |
| 10376 #endif | |
| 10377 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes | |
| 10378 * "vim c:/" work. */ | |
| 10379 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND) | |
| 10380 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE); | |
| 10381 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0) | |
| 10382 addfile(&ga, t, flags); | |
| 10383 vim_free(t); | |
| 10384 } | |
| 10385 | |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10386 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) |
|
2568
1ead15c2ffd0
Two fixes for :find completion and more testing. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2562
diff
changeset
|
10387 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH)) |
|
2313
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10388 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p); |
|
e382b66b936d
Fix using freed memory in :find completion.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
10389 #endif |
| 7 | 10390 if (p != pat[i]) |
| 10391 vim_free(p); | |
| 10392 } | |
| 10393 | |
| 10394 *num_file = ga.ga_len; | |
| 10395 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)""; | |
| 10396 | |
| 10397 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 10398 | |
| 10399 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 10400 } | |
| 10401 | |
| 10402 # ifdef VIM_BACKTICK | |
| 10403 | |
| 10404 /* | |
| 10405 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here. | |
| 10406 */ | |
| 10407 static int | |
| 10408 vim_backtick(p) | |
| 10409 char_u *p; | |
| 10410 { | |
| 10411 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`'); | |
| 10412 } | |
| 10413 | |
| 10414 /* | |
| 10415 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command. | |
| 10416 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `. | |
| 10417 * Returns number of file names found. | |
| 10418 */ | |
| 10419 static int | |
| 10420 expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags) | |
| 10421 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10422 char_u *pat; | |
| 10423 int flags; /* EW_* flags */ | |
| 10424 { | |
| 10425 char_u *p; | |
| 10426 char_u *cmd; | |
| 10427 char_u *buffer; | |
| 10428 int cnt = 0; | |
| 10429 int i; | |
| 10430 | |
| 10431 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */ | |
| 10432 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2); | |
| 10433 if (cmd == NULL) | |
| 10434 return 0; | |
| 10435 | |
| 10436 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 10437 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */ | |
| 714 | 10438 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10439 else |
| 10440 #endif | |
| 24 | 10441 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL, |
| 10442 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0); | |
| 7 | 10443 vim_free(cmd); |
| 10444 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10445 return 0; | |
| 10446 | |
| 10447 cmd = buffer; | |
| 10448 while (*cmd != NUL) | |
| 10449 { | |
| 10450 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */ | |
| 10451 p = cmd; | |
| 10452 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */ | |
| 10453 ++p; | |
| 10454 /* add an entry if it is not empty */ | |
| 10455 if (p > cmd) | |
| 10456 { | |
| 10457 i = *p; | |
| 10458 *p = NUL; | |
| 10459 addfile(gap, cmd, flags); | |
| 10460 *p = i; | |
| 10461 ++cnt; | |
| 10462 } | |
| 10463 cmd = p; | |
| 10464 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n')) | |
| 10465 ++cmd; | |
| 10466 } | |
| 10467 | |
| 10468 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10469 return cnt; | |
| 10470 } | |
| 10471 # endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */ | |
| 10472 | |
| 10473 /* | |
| 10474 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags: | |
| 10475 * EW_DIR add directories | |
| 10476 * EW_FILE add files | |
| 716 | 10477 * EW_EXEC add executable files |
| 7 | 10478 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist |
| 10479 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name | |
| 10480 */ | |
| 10481 void | |
| 10482 addfile(gap, f, flags) | |
| 10483 garray_T *gap; | |
| 10484 char_u *f; /* filename */ | |
| 10485 int flags; | |
| 10486 { | |
| 10487 char_u *p; | |
| 10488 int isdir; | |
| 10489 | |
| 10490 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */ | |
| 10491 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0) | |
| 10492 return; | |
| 10493 | |
| 10494 #ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL | |
| 10495 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */ | |
| 10496 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL) | |
| 10497 return; | |
| 10498 #endif | |
| 10499 | |
| 10500 isdir = mch_isdir(f); | |
| 10501 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE))) | |
| 10502 return; | |
| 10503 | |
| 716 | 10504 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */ |
| 10505 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f)) | |
| 10506 return; | |
| 10507 | |
| 7 | 10508 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */ |
| 10509 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL) | |
| 10510 return; | |
| 10511 | |
| 10512 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir)); | |
| 10513 if (p == NULL) | |
| 10514 return; | |
| 10515 | |
| 10516 STRCPY(p, f); | |
| 10517 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 10518 slash_adjust(p); | |
| 10519 #endif | |
| 10520 /* | |
| 10521 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present. | |
| 10522 */ | |
| 10523 #ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR | |
| 10524 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH)) | |
| 10525 add_pathsep(p); | |
| 10526 #endif | |
| 10527 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p; | |
| 10528 } | |
| 10529 #endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */ | |
| 10530 | |
| 10531 #if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10532 | |
| 10533 #ifndef SEEK_SET | |
| 10534 # define SEEK_SET 0 | |
| 10535 #endif | |
| 10536 #ifndef SEEK_END | |
| 10537 # define SEEK_END 2 | |
| 10538 #endif | |
| 10539 | |
| 10540 /* | |
| 10541 * Get the stdout of an external command. | |
| 10542 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error. | |
| 10543 */ | |
| 10544 char_u * | |
| 24 | 10545 get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags) |
| 7 | 10546 char_u *cmd; |
| 24 | 10547 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */ |
| 7 | 10548 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */ |
| 10549 { | |
| 10550 char_u *tempname; | |
| 10551 char_u *command; | |
| 10552 char_u *buffer = NULL; | |
| 10553 int len; | |
| 10554 int i = 0; | |
| 10555 FILE *fd; | |
| 10556 | |
| 10557 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
| 10558 return NULL; | |
| 10559 | |
| 10560 /* get a name for the temp file */ | |
| 10561 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL) | |
| 10562 { | |
| 10563 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
| 10564 return NULL; | |
| 10565 } | |
| 10566 | |
| 10567 /* Add the redirection stuff */ | |
| 24 | 10568 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname); |
| 7 | 10569 if (command == NULL) |
| 10570 goto done; | |
| 10571 | |
| 10572 /* | |
| 10573 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored). | |
| 10574 * Don't check timestamps here. | |
| 10575 */ | |
| 10576 ++no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10577 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags); | |
| 10578 --no_check_timestamps; | |
| 10579 | |
| 10580 vim_free(command); | |
| 10581 | |
| 10582 /* | |
| 10583 * read the names from the file into memory | |
| 10584 */ | |
| 10585 # ifdef VMS | |
| 1224 | 10586 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */ |
| 7 | 10587 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r"); |
| 10588 # else | |
| 10589 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN); | |
| 10590 # endif | |
| 10591 | |
| 10592 if (fd == NULL) | |
| 10593 { | |
| 10594 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname); | |
| 10595 goto done; | |
| 10596 } | |
| 10597 | |
| 10598 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END); | |
| 10599 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */ | |
| 10600 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET); | |
| 10601 | |
| 10602 buffer = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 10603 if (buffer != NULL) | |
| 10604 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd); | |
| 10605 fclose(fd); | |
| 10606 mch_remove(tempname); | |
| 10607 if (buffer == NULL) | |
| 10608 goto done; | |
| 10609 #ifdef VMS | |
| 10610 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */ | |
| 10611 #endif | |
| 10612 if (i != len) | |
| 10613 { | |
| 10614 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname); | |
| 10615 vim_free(buffer); | |
| 10616 buffer = NULL; | |
| 10617 } | |
| 10618 else | |
|
2429
7ce8b24450dc
Improvements for ":find" completion. (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
10619 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */ |
| 7 | 10620 |
| 10621 done: | |
| 10622 vim_free(tempname); | |
| 10623 return buffer; | |
| 10624 } | |
| 10625 #endif | |
| 10626 | |
| 10627 /* | |
| 10628 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion | |
| 10629 * functions. | |
| 10630 */ | |
| 10631 void | |
| 10632 FreeWild(count, files) | |
| 10633 int count; | |
| 10634 char_u **files; | |
| 10635 { | |
| 838 | 10636 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL) |
| 7 | 10637 return; |
| 10638 #if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */ | |
| 10639 /* | |
| 10640 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have | |
| 10641 * been used??? | |
| 10642 */ | |
| 10643 _fnexplodefree((char **)files); | |
| 10644 #else | |
| 10645 while (count--) | |
| 10646 vim_free(files[count]); | |
| 10647 vim_free(files); | |
| 10648 #endif | |
| 10649 } | |
| 10650 | |
| 10651 /* | |
|
2302
488be8cbe19c
Make CTRL-L in command line mode respect 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase'. (Martin
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
10652 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'. |
| 7 | 10653 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping. |
| 10654 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command. | |
| 10655 */ | |
| 10656 int | |
| 10657 goto_im() | |
| 10658 { | |
| 10659 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed()); | |
| 10660 } |